Document:

ashlandesp.htm

                                                                
EXHIBIT 4.1

 

 

                                ASHLAND INC.

                           EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN

==============================================================================

 

                  WHEREAS,   Ashland  Inc.  established  the  Ashland  Inc.

Employee Savings Plan (which was known as the Ashland Inc.  Employee Thrift

Plan  before  October  1 1995)  originally  effective  June 1, 1964 for the

benefit of employees eligible to participate therein;

                  WHEREAS, the aforesaid Plan was amended from time to time

and, as so amended,  was completely  amended and restated effective October

1, 1976 to comply with the  provisions  of the Employee  Retirement  Income

Security Act of 1974;

                  WHEREAS,  the  aforesaid  amended and  restated  Plan was

further  amended from time to time and was completely  amended and restated

effective  October 1, 1980, and again restated  effective  October 1, 1983,

and again restated  effective October 1, 1985, and again restated effective

October 1, 1989 and again  restated  effective  October 1, 1995;  and again

restated effective January 1, 1997;

                  WHEREAS, Article 20 of the aforesaid amended and restated

Plan, reserves to Ashland Inc. the right to further amend the Plan; and

                  WHEREAS,  Ashland Inc. desires to make further amendments

to the Plan and to incorporate  such amendments into a completely  restated

Plan;

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  Ashland Inc. does hereby  further amend

and restate the Ashland Inc. Employee Savings Plan,  generally effective as

of  January 1, 2003,  except as  otherwise  indicated,  and  provided  that

amendments  which were made hereto from and after the Plan's last effective

date of restatement through the date on which this restatement was executed

shall be  effective  as of the dates  that were  specified  under each such

amendment,  whether or not such effective dates are specified  hereinafter,

in accordance with the following terms and conditions:

 

 

 

 

 

                                 ARTICLE 1

                              PURPOSE OF PLAN

 

         1.1  Designation.

                  (a) General.  The Plan is  designated  the "Ashland  Inc.

                  Employee  Savings Plan." The Plan is also designated as a

                  discretionary  contribution  plan under Section 401(a) of

                  the  Code to  which  contributions  may be  made  without

                  regard to the current or accumulated earnings and profits

                  of the respective Participating Companies for the taxable

                  years  thereof  ending with or within the Plan Year,  and

                  whose  assets may be  invested,  without  limitation,  in

                  qualifying  employer  securities  as  defined  in Section

                  407(d)(5) of ERISA.

                  (b) ERISA 404(c).  It is intended that the Plan be a plan

                  described in Section 404(c) of ERISA,  to the extent that

                  the terms and  operation  of the Plan  comply  with those

                  provisions;  therefore,  fiduciaries  of the  Plan may be

                  relieved of any  liability  for any losses  which are the

                  direct and necessary  result of  investment  instructions

                  given by a Member or Beneficiary.

                  (c) Testing Method. The Plan is designated as an ADP test

                  safe-harbor  plan,  as  described  in  Notice  98-52,  as

                  modified  in Notice  2000-3,  and as  allowed  in Section

                  401(k)(12)(B)   of  the   Code.   As  a  result  of  such

                  designation,  Members  may  only  make  salary  reduction

                  elections,  as described in Article 6, that are allocated

                  to the Members' Tax Deferred  Accounts.  Also as a result

                  of   such    designation,    amounts    attributable   to

                  Participating Company contributions allocated to Members'

                  Accounts after  December 31, 1998, and for  distributions

                  after December 31, 1998, of amounts from or  attributable

                  to  what  had  been  Members'  Restricted  Company  Match

                  Accounts  shall,  in  addition  to any  other  applicable

                  restrictions on distributions,  not be distributable to a

                  Member  before the  occurrence  of an event  described in

                  Section  401(k)(2)(B)  of the Code,  except that the same

                  may not be  distributed  on account of the  hardship of a

                  Member. Finally, as a result of such designation, Members

                  that are eligible to make salary reduction  contributions

                  under  Article 6 shall  receive  the notice  required  by

                  Section  401(k)(12)(D)  of the Code.  Such notice will be

                  provided  at  or  around  the  time  of   eligibility  to

                  participate  and annually  thereafter.  The annual notice

                  will be  provided  at least 30 days but not more  than 90

                  days before the start of the next Plan Year.

                           (1)  Top-Heavy.  Effective  January 1, 2002,  so

                           long as the Plan consists  solely of a Plan that

                           meets  the  applicable   requirements   of  Code

                           sections   401(k)(12)   and   401(m)(11),    the

                           top-heavy  requirements  of Code section 416 and

                           the provisions of Article 24 shall not apply.

                  (d) ESOP.  Effective  January  1,  2003,  the  Restricted

                  Company Match Account shall no longer be designated as an

                  employee stock ownership  plan,  qualified under sections

                  401(a)  and  4975(e)(7)  of  the  Code.  Therefore,  each

                  Member's  Restricted  Company  Match  Account will become

                  part of the Member's Account and the amounts attributable

                  to the Restricted Company Match Account shall become part

                  of the  investment in Fund A - Ashland Common Stock Fund.

                  .

         1.2 Purpose.  The purpose of the Plan is to provide retirement and

other  benefits  for the Members  and their  respective  beneficiaries.  To

provide such benefits,  the  Participating  Companies  propose to make such

contributions  as directed  and  determined  by the  Sponsoring  Company in

accordance with the provisions of the Plan. Except as otherwise provided by

the Plan and by law, the assets of the Plan shall be held for the exclusive

benefit  of  Members  and  their  beneficiaries  and  defraying  reasonable

expenses of administering the Plan, and it shall be impossible for any part

of the  assets  or  income  of the Plan to be used  for,  or  diverted  to,

purposes other than such exclusive purposes.

         1.3 Plan Mergers.

         (a)      Ballenger and SuperAmerica.  Effective as of December 31,

                  1995,  with respect to accounts  formerly  held under the

                  Ballenger  Paving Company,  Inc. 401(k) Employee  Savings

                  Plan (the "Ballenger  Plan") and effective as of April 1,

                  1996,  with respect to accounts  formerly  held under the

                  SuperAmercia   Hourly   Associates   Savings   Plan  (the

                  "SuperAmerica Plan"), the Ballenger Plan and SuperAmerica

                  Plan shall, as of their  respective  effective  dates, be

                  merged  with and become a part of this  Plan.  The actual

                  transfer  of  accounts  from each of these  plans to this

                  Plan  shall be made as part of the said plan  mergers  on

                  such  date as shall be  determined  and  agreed to by and

                  between  the  Sponsoring  Company and the Trustee and the

                  trustee of the applicable plan being merged herein. After

                  each such account is transferred  to the Plan,  each such

                  account  shall be held and  administered  pursuant to the

                  terms of this Plan;  provided,  however,  notwithstanding

                  anything  contained  herein to the contrary,  the Section

                  411(d)(6)  protected  benefits  (as defined  under Treas.

                  Reg.  ss.1.411 (d) - 4) associated with each such account

                  shall be preserved  under this Plan.  The accounts  which

                  are so  transferred  and  merged  into this Plan shall be

                  placed in and shall be a part of the applicable  Member's

                  Account  hereunder,   and  for  purposes  of  determining

                  service  hereunder,  the Member's prior service under the

                  plan  being  merged  herein  shall  count   hereunder  to

                  determine  such  Member's  Period of  Service,  and,  for

                  purposes  of  applying  the  withdrawal  rules under this

                  Plan,  this Plan shall  refer to the  applicable  date of

                  allocation of employer contributions under such plan.

         (b)      Superfos Related Plans.  Effective on or after August 31,

                  2000,  the  accounts   formerly  held  under  the  Shears

                  Construction,  LP 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan that are

                  designated by the Plan  Administrator or its delegate and

                  effective on or after  September  18, 2000,  the accounts

                  formerly  held under the Superfos and  Affiliates  401(k)

                  Plan, the JB Coxwell  Contracting,  Inc.  401(k) Plan and

                  the Harper  Brothers  Construction,  Inc.  401(k)  Profit

                  Sharing   Plan   that   are   designated   by  the   Plan

                  Administrator  or  its  delegate,   shall,  as  of  their

                  respective  effective  dates, be merged with and become a

                  part of this Plan.  The actual  transfer of accounts from

                  each of these plans to this Plan shall be made as part of

                  the said plan mergers on such date as shall be determined

                  and agreed to by and between the  Sponsoring  Company and

                  the Trustee and the trustee of the applicable  plan being

                  merged herein.  After each such account is transferred to

                  the   Plan,   each  such   account   shall  be  held  and

                  administered  pursuant  to the  terms of this  Plan.  The

                  investment  options into which the transferred assets are

                  initially  placed shall be similar to those in which they

                  were invested  prior to the merger,  as determined by the

                  Plan  Administrator  or its delegate.  To accomplish  the

                  said merger, the Plan Administrator  shall implement such

                  procedures, as it deems appropriate or convenient.  These

                  may  include  but not be  limited to  suspending  account

                  transactions  for a period of time  following the merger.

                  The Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits as defined under

                  applicable Treasury  regulations and other pronouncements

                  shall be preserved;  provided,  however, that changes may

                  be made to them  after the merger  allowed  under law and

                  Treasury or Internal Revenue Service interpretations. The

                  accounts  that are so  transferred  and merged  into this

                  Plan  shall  be  placed  in and  shall  be a part  of the

                  applicable  Member's existing Account  hereunder,  if the

                  Member has one. For  purposes of applying the  withdrawal

                  rules  under  this Plan to the merged  assets,  this Plan

                  shall  refer  to the  applicable  date of  allocation  of

                  employer  contributions  under  the plan  from  which the

                  assets  were  transferred.  Nevertheless,  if that is not

                  administratively  convenient, then the transferred assets

                  shall  be  deemed  contributed  on the  date of  transfer

                  hereto for purposes of applying the  withdrawal  rules of

                  the  Plan.   Effective  for  distributions  on  or  after

                  September 6, 2000,  the assets of the  accounts  formerly

                  held under the Shears Construction,  LP 401(k) Retirement

                  Savings Plan may only be distributed to Members in a form

                  allowed by Section 13.3(a).  Any optional form of benefit

                  that would have  otherwise  applied to such assets before

                  the effective date of Treas. Reg. ss.1.411(d)-4, Q&A-2(e)

                  shall no longer  apply.  Notwithstanding  anything in the

                  foregoing  to the  contrary,  the change to the  optional

                  forms of distribution  available for the assets that were

                  transferred  from  the  Shears  Construction,  LP  401(k)

                  Retirement  Savings  Plan and merged  herewith  shall not

                  apply to a Member whose  benefit  consists in whole or in

                  part of assets  transferred from the said Shears Plan and

                  whose  benefit is  distributed  before the earlier of (i)

                  the 90th day after the Member is  furnished  a summary of

                  material modifications that describes the deletion of the

                  otherwise   preserved  optional  forms  of  distribution;

                  or;(ii) January 1, 2002.

         (c)      Conforming  Distribution  Options.  Effective  January 1,

                  2002,  except  to  the  extent  already  accomplished  by

                  Section  13.3(b) as in effect on  January  1,  2001,  the

                  distribution    options   available   for   any   amounts

                  transferred,    merged,    consolidated    or   otherwise

                  contributed to the Plan from a source outside of the Plan

                  shall  only  be  those  distribution   options  otherwise

                  available  under the Plan to the  extent  allowed by Code

                  sections 411(d)(6)(D) and (E).

 

 

 

 

                                 ARTICLE 2

                                DEFINITIONS

         2.1      As used in the Plan:

         (a)      "Account"  shall  mean  all  of  the  separate   accounts

                  maintained  for  each  Member  under  the  provisions  of

                  Article 10 of the Plan (excepting,  however, the accounts

                  which  comprise  such  Members'  Tax  Deferred   Account)

                  reflecting such Member's contributions to the Trust under

                  the  provisions  of Article 5 of the Plan and  reflecting

                  Participating   Company   contributions   to  the   Trust

                  allocated on behalf of such Member  under the  provisions

                  of Article 7 of the Plan, as adjusted in accordance  with

                  the  provisions  of Section  10.3 of the Plan.  Effective

                  January 1, 2003, each Member's  Restricted  Company Match

                  Account shall become part of the Member's Account.

         (b)      "Actual  Contribution  Percentage"  shall  mean,  for the

                  Highly Compensated  Eligible Employees and the Non-Highly

                  Compensated  Eligible  Employees  for a  Plan  Year,  the

                  average of the  ratios,  calculated  separately  for each

                  person in each such group, of the amount, if any, of -

                  (1) such person's Member contributions  allocated to such

                  person's Account under Article 5; and

                  (2) such  person's  Participating  Company  contributions

                  allocated to such  person's  Account  under Article 7, to

                  the extent such  contributions  are not treated as Member

                  contributions  allocated  to such  person's  Tax Deferred

                  Account  under Article 6 pursuant to the terms of Section

                  2.1 (c) of the Plan for such  Plan  Year to the  person's

                  Actual  Deferral  Percentage  Compensation  for such Plan

                  Year.

 

                  For  purposes  of  computing   the  Actual   Contribution

                  Percentage of any Highly  Compensated  Eligible Employee,

                  the amount of  contributions,  if any,  allocated to such

                  individual's  Account (to the extent  such  contributions

                  are  considered in  calculating  the Actual  Contribution

                  Percentage under this paragraph (b) of Section 2.1 of the

                  Plan) for such Plan Year shall be combined with any other

                  contributions by or on behalf of such individual intended

                  to be made under Section  401(m) of the Code to any other

                  plan (if any) which allows such contributions, maintained

                  by the Sponsoring  Company or maintained by an Affiliated

                  Company,   which  are  made  by  or  on  behalf  of  such

                  individual  from and  after the time any such plan was so

                  maintained, except to the extent that such other plan (if

                  any)  cannot be  aggregated  with this Plan under  Treas.

                  Reg. Section 1.410(b)-7(c), or any successor thereto.

         (c)      "Actual Deferral  Percentage"  shall mean, for the Highly

                  Compensated   Eligible   Employees  and  the   Non-Highly

                  Compensated  Eligible  Employees  for a  Plan  Year,  the

                  average of the  ratios,  calculated  separately  for each

                  person  in  each  such  group,  of  the  amount  of -

                  (1) contributions, if any, allocated to such person's Tax

                  Deferred Account under Article 6; and

                  (2) such  person's  Participating  Company  contributions

                  allocated to such  person's  Account  under Article 7, to

                  the extent the Sponsoring  Company  decides to treat such

                  contributions  for  purposes  of  this  paragraph  (c) as

                  Member  contributions  allocated  to  such  person's  Tax

                  Deferred  Account  under  Article 6 for such Plan Year to

                  the person's Actual Deferral Percentage  Compensation for

                  such Plan Year.

                  For purposes of computing the Actual Deferral  Percentage

                  of any Highly Compensated  Eligible Employee,  the amount

                  of contributions,  if any, allocated to such individual's

                  Tax Deferred Account and Restricted Company Match Account

                  (to the  extent  such  contributions  are  considered  in

                  calculating  the Actual  Deferral  Percentage  under this

                  paragraph  (c) of Section  2.1 of the Plan) for such Plan

                  Year shall be combined  with any other  contributions  of

                  such individual  intended to be made under Section 401(k)

                  of the Code to any other plan (if any) which  allows such

                  contributions  maintained  by the  Sponsoring  Company or

                  maintained  by an Affiliated  Company,  which are made by

                  such individual from and after the time any such plan was

                  so maintained,  except to the extent that such other plan

                  (if any) cannot be aggregated with this Plan under Treas.

                  Reg. Section 1.410(b)-7(c), or any successor thereto.

         (d)      "Actual Deferral Percentage  Compensation" shall mean the

                  Compensation   received   during  the  Plan  Year  by  an

                  Employee.

         (e)      "Affiliated Company" shall mean each of the following for

                  such a period of time as is applicable  under Section 414

                  of the Code:

                  (1)   a corporation which,  together with a Participating

                        Company  is a  member  of  a  controlled  group  of

                        corporations  within the meaning of Section  414(b)

                        of the Code (as modified by Section  415(h) thereof

                        for the  purposes of Article 5, and the  applicable

                        regulations thereunder);

                  (2)   a trade or business  (whether or not  incorporated)

                        with which a Participating  Company is under common

                        control within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the

                        Code (as modified by Section 415(h) thereof for the

                        purposes   of   Article   5,  and  the   applicable

                        regulations thereunder);

                  (3)   an    organization    which,    together   with   a

                        Participating Company, is a member of an affiliated

                        service group (as defined in Section  414(m) of the

                        Code); and

                  (4)   and any other entity required to be aggregated with

                        a  Participating  Company  pursuant to  regulations

                        under Section 414(o) of the Code.

         (f)      "Beneficiary"  shall mean the person or persons  entitled

                  to receive the  distributions,  if any, payable under the

                  Plan pursuant to the applicable provisions of Articles 11

                  and 13 of the Plan,  upon or after a Member's  death,  as

                  such  Member's  Beneficiary.  Each Member may designate a

                  Beneficiary by filing a written  designation thereof over

                  his signature  with the  Sponsoring  Company in such form

                  and manner as the  Sponsoring  Company may prescribe from

                  time to time. A designation  shall be effective  upon its

                  receipt by the  Sponsoring  Company,  retroactive  to the

                  date such Member signed such  designation,  provided that

                  it is so filed during such  Member's  lifetime.  The last

                  effective  designation received by the Sponsoring Company

                  shall supersede all prior designations, provided that any

                  designation  shall only be effective  if the  Beneficiary

                  survives the Member.  A Member may  designate one or more

                  contingent  Beneficiaries to receive any distributions in

                  the event the primary Beneficiary (or Beneficiaries) does

                  not  survive  the Member  and may change his  Beneficiary

                  designation from time to time as provided above; provided

                  however, the spouse to whom the Member was married on his

                  date of death shall be such Member's Beneficiary,  unless

                  the  spouse  waives the right to be the  Beneficiary  and

                  consents to the designation of another as follows:

                  (1) the spouse's  consent and waiver is in writing and it

                  is   witnessed   by  either  a  notary   public  or  Plan

                  representative;

                  (2)  the  waiver  and  consent   specify  the   alternate

                  Beneficiary  including any class of Beneficiaries,  which

                  may not be changed without spousal  consent,  except that

                  if a trust is named as the Beneficiary, the beneficiaries

                  under  such  trust  may  be  changed  without  additional

                  spousal consent;

                  (3) the waiver and  consent  specify  the form of benefit

                  payment (if applicable)  which may not be changed without

                  spousal consent; and

                  (4) the spouse's  consent  acknowledges the effect of the

                  consent  and  waiver.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the

                  contrary  contained in (2) and (3)  immediately  above, a

                  spouse may  execute a general  consent  and waiver  which

                  permits  the  Member  to change  alternate  Beneficiaries

                  and/or forms of benefit payment (if  applicable)  without

                  spousal  consent if, in such general  consent and waiver,

                  the spouse  acknowledges  his right to limit consent to a

                  specific  beneficiary  and/or  specific  form of benefit,

                  where applicable,  and the spouse  voluntarily  elects to

                  relinquish either or both of such rights. Any consent and

                  waiver is only  effective  with respect to the spouse who

                  signed such consent and is not effective  with respect to

                  any subsequent spouse.  However,  if it is established to

                  the satisfaction of the Sponsoring Company that a written

                  consent and waiver cannot be obtained because there is no

                  spouse or the spouse cannot be located or because of such

                  other  circumstances  as  may  be  provided  in  Treasury

                  regulations,  then a Member's  designation will be deemed

                  effective without the need to comply with (1) through (4)

                  above of this paragraph (f).

                           If a Member fails to designate a Beneficiary, or

                  if no designated  Beneficiary survives the Member or dies

                  simultaneously  with the  Member  or under  circumstances

                  making  it   impossible   to   determine   whether   such

                  Beneficiary  survived  such  Member,  the Member shall be

                  deemed  to  have  designated  one  of  the  following  as

                  Beneficiary (if living at the time of the Member's death)

                  in the  following  order of priority:  (i) the  surviving

                  spouse,  and (ii) the Member's estate.  If the Sponsoring

                  Company  shall be in doubt as to the right of any  person

                  as a  Beneficiary,  payment  may be made to the  Member's

                  estate and such payment shall be in full  satisfaction of

                  any and all liability of the Plan (or any other person or

                  entity) to any  person  claiming  under or  through  such

                  Member.  Whenever  the  rights of a Member  are stated or

                  limited  in the Plan,  his  Beneficiaries  shall be bound

                  thereby.

                           To the extent  consistent with the provisions of

                  Section   401(a)(9)  of  the  Code  and  the  regulations

                  thereunder,  the Member's Beneficiary as determined under

                  this Section 2.1(f) shall be his "designated beneficiary"

                  as defined under said Section and regulations.

         (g)      "Code" shall mean the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as

                  amended from time to time.  References  to any Section of

                  the Code shall include any successor provision thereto.

         (h)      "Compensation" shall mean the salary and wages (or, if an

                  Employee is not paid a fixed salary or wages,  such other

                  compensation  as  determined by the  Sponsoring  Company)

                  paid by a Participating Company to an Employee during the

                  Plan Year,  including  commissions,  payroll continuation

                  for sickness,  overtime pay, shift premium,  and vacation

                  pay, if any, any amounts  contributed to the Member's Tax

                  Deferred  Account,  and any  amounts  excluded  from  the

                  Member's income under Sections 401(k),  402(h), 403(b) or

                  125 of the Code;  provided,  however,  Compensation shall

                  not  include (i)  incentive  compensation  bonuses,  but,

                  effective  October 1, 1999,  Compensation  shall  include

                  variable  pay and bonus  amounts  paid to Members who are

                  not  eligible  for  the  Sponsoring  Company's  incentive

                  compensation bonus program, (ii) amounts contributed by a

                  Participating  Company or  Affiliated  Company  under any

                  employee benefit plan (other than amounts  contributed to

                  a Member's Tax Deferred  Account  under this Plan and any

                  amounts  excluded from the Member's income under Sections

                  401(k), 402(h), 403(b) or 125 of the Code), (iii) amounts

                  paid to a Member under the Ashland Inc. ERISA  Forfeiture

                  Plan or any successor plan thereto,  (iv) amounts paid to

                  a Member as stock appreciation rights through the Ashland

                  Inc.  Long  Term  Incentive  Plan  or the  Amended  Stock

                  Incentive  Plan for Key Employees of Ashland Inc. and its

                  Subsidiaries  or any successor or similar plans  thereto,

                  (v)  allowances  paid by  reason of  foreign  assignment,

                  which are not a part of such  Member's base United States

                  salary as determined by the Sponsoring Company;  and (vi)

                  remuneration  determined  to be  disregarded  under  this

                  paragraph  (h)  by the  Sponsoring  Company  under  rules

                  uniformly applicable to all employees similarly situated;

                  (vii)  severance  pay paid on or after  November 1, 1992;

                  (viii)  amounts  deferred under and amounts paid from any

                  nonqualified  salary  deferral  plan;  and (ix) effective

                  January 1, 2000,  amounts paid for waiving benefits under

                  the  Sponsoring   Company's  flexible  benefits  program.

                  Notwithstanding   anything  in  the   foregoing   to  the

                  contrary,  the  Compensation  of each  Member  taken into

                  account under the Plan for any Plan Year shall not exceed

                  $150,000  as  adjusted at the same time and manner as the

                  adjustments  under  Section  415(d) of the Code,  and any

                  such  adjustment  for a calendar  year shall apply to the

                  Plan Year which begins with or within such  calendar year

                  and such adjustments  shall only be made in increments of

                  $10,000,  rounded  down to the next  lowest  multiple  of

                  $10,000, with the base period for determining this annual

                  adjustment being the calendar quarter  beginning  October

                  1, 1993.  Effective for Plan Years beginning on and after

                  January 1, 2002,  the  Compensation  of each Member taken

                  into  account  under the Plan for any Plan Year shall not

                  exceed  $200,000.  This  amount  shall be adjusted at the

                  same time and  manner as the  adjustments  under  Section

                  415(d) of the Code.  Any such  adjustment  for a calendar

                  year  shall  apply to the Plan Year that  begins  with or

                  within such calendar year. These  adjustments  shall only

                  be made in increments of $5,000, rounded down to the next

                  lowest  multiple  of  $5,000,  with the base  period  for

                  determining  this annual  adjustment  being the  calendar

                  quarter beginning July 1, 2001.

         (i)      "Employee" shall, except as otherwise provided,  mean any

                  person who is an  employee  of one or more  Participating

                  Companies.  The term Employee shall not include:  (i) any

                  person  included  in a unit  of  employees  covered  by a

                  collective    bargaining   agreement   between   employee

                  representatives  and one or more Participating  Companies

                  unless such bargaining  agreement  specifically  provides

                  otherwise;  (ii)  any  leased  employees  as  defined  in

                  Section 414(n) of the Code; (iii) any person  compensated

                  on an hourly rate or other rate basis if such employee is

                  not   included   in   a   designated   eligible   payroll

                  classification  code  so  designated  by  the  Sponsoring

                  Company;   and  (iv)  any  employee  not  included  in  a

                  designated   eligible  payroll   classification  code  so

                  designated by the Sponsoring Company, which shall include

                  those  employees  acquired as part of the  acquisition of

                  Superfos a/s and its US  subsidiaries  until the later of

                  the date such  employees are  transferred to a designated

                  eligible  payroll  classification  code by the Sponsoring

                  Company or January 1, 2000.  For purposes of this section

                  2.1(i), a United States citizen who is an employee (a) of

                  a foreign subsidiary (as defined in Section 3121(l)(8) of

                  the Code) of a domestic  Participating  Company  which is

                  the subject of an agreement entered into by such domestic

                  Participating  Company under Section  3121(l) of the Code

                  and as to  whom  contributions  under  a  funded  plan of

                  deferred  compensation  are not  provided  by any  person

                  other  than  such  domestic  Participating  Company  with

                  respect to the  remuneration  paid to such United  States

                  citizen by such foreign subsidiary,  or (b) of a domestic

                  subsidiary  (as  defined in Section  407(a)(2)(A)  of the

                  Code) of a domestic  Participating Company and as to whom

                  contributions   under   a   funded   plan   of   deferred

                  compensation  are not  provided by any person  other than

                  such domestic  Participating  Company with respect to the

                  remuneration  paid to such United States  citizen by such

                  domestic subsidiary, shall be deemed to be an employee of

                  such domestic Participating Company. For purposes of this

                  section  2.1(i),  under rules of general  application,  a

                  former  employee  of  a  Participating   Company  who  is

                  temporarily on leave of absence from employment with such

                  Participating  Company in order to render  services to an

                  Affiliated  Company or other affiliate of a Participating

                  Company,  may be deemed an Employee of such Participating

                  Company during such absence if such absence is determined

                  by the  Sponsoring  Company  to be in the  interest  of a

                  Participating Company or an Affiliated Company;  provided

                  that such  status as a deemed  employee  will be  equally

                  available  to  both  Highly  Compensated   Employees  and

                  Non-Highly Compensated Employees who satisfy the criteria

                  for such status;  and  provided  further that such status

                  shall  only  be  available  under  terms  and  conditions

                  satisfying  Treas.  Reg.   ss.1.401(a)(4)-11(d)   or  any

                  successor to that regulation.

         (j)      "Employment  Commencement  Date"  shall  mean the date on

                  which an  employee  (whether  or not such  employee is an

                  Employee  within  the  meaning of  paragraph  (i) of this

                  Section  2.1) first  performs  an Hour of  Service  for a

                  Participating Company or an Affiliated Company.

         (k)      "ERISA"  shall  mean  the  Employee   Retirement   Income

                  Security  Act of  1974,  as  amended  from  time to time.

                  References  to any  Section of ERISA  shall  include  any

                  successor provision thereto.

         (l)      "Highly  Compensated  Eligible Employee" shall mean, with

                  respect to a Plan Year,  any Employee  from and after the

                  time he is eligible to participate in the Plan,  pursuant

                  to the  provisions  of  Article  3,  and who is a  Highly

                  Compensated Employee for such Plan Year.

         (m)      "Highly Compensated Employee" shall mean for a particular

                  Plan Year (1) an  Employee  who is a 5% owner (as defined

                  in  Section  416(i)(1)(B)  of the  Code) at any time of a

                  Participating Company or an Affiliated Company during the

                  present Plan Year (the  "determination  year"); or (2) an

                  Employee   who  received   compensation   during  the  12

                  consecutive  month  period  prior to such  Plan Year (the

                  "look-back  year")  from a  Participating  Company  or an

                  Affiliated  Company in excess of $80,000 (as  adjusted at

                  the same time and in the same  manner as the  adjustments

                  under Section 415(d) of the Code, and any such adjustment

                  for a calendar year shall apply to the determination year

                  or look-back year (whichever is applicable)  which begins

                  with or within such calendar  year,  except that the base

                  period  is the  calendar  quarter  ending  September  30,

                  1996).

                  For these  purposes,  the  compensation  of an individual

                  refers to compensation as defined under Section 415(c)(3)

                  of  the  Code.

                  A former Employee shall be a Highly Compensated  Employee

                  if he was (1) a Highly  Compensated  Employee at the time

                  he separated  from service;  or (2) a Highly  Compensated

                  Employee  at  any  time  after   attaining  age  55.  The

                  determination  of  the  status  under  (1)  or (2) in the

                  immediately  preceding  sentence  shall  be  based on the

                  rules for determining  whether an individual was a Highly

                  Compensated  Employee  as in  effect  in  the  particular

                  determination    year,   in   accordance   with   Section

                  1.414(q)-1T,A-4 of the temporary Treasury regulations and

                  Notice 97-45.

                  When   determining   whether  an  Employee  is  a  Highly

                  Compensated   Employee   in  the  Plan  Year  before  the

                  generally   effective   date   of  this   amendment   and

                  restatement  (January 1, 1997),  the  provisions  of this

                  paragraph (m) shall be treated as being in effect in such

                  prior Plan Year.

         (n)      "Hour of  Service"  shall  mean  each  hour for  which an

                  employee  is  paid,   or   entitled  to  payment,   by  a

                  Participating  Company or an  Affiliated  Company for the

                  performance of duties as an employee.

         (o)      "Investment  Manager"  shall mean any party that:  (i) is

                  (A)  registered  as  an  investment   advisor  under  the

                  Investment  Advisors  Act of  1940,  or  (B) a  bank  (as

                  defined in the Investment  Advisors Act of 1940),  or (C)

                  an insurance  company  qualified  to manage,  acquire and

                  dispose  of Plan  assets  under the laws of more than one

                  state;   (ii)  acknowledges  in  writing  that  it  is  a

                  fiduciary  with respect to the Plan; and (iii) is granted

                  the power to  manage,  acquire or dispose of any asset of

                  the Plan pursuant to Article 14 of the Plan.

         (p)      "Member"  shall mean an eligible  Employee  who becomes a

                  Member of the Plan as  provided in Article 4 of the Plan.

                  A  Member  ceases  to be a Member  when all  funds in his

                  Account,   Restricted   Company  Match  Account  and  Tax

                  Deferred  Account to which he is entitled  under the Plan

                  have been distributed in accordance with the Plan.

         (q)      "Non-Highly  Compensated  Eligible  Employee" shall mean,

                  with respect to a Plan Year,  any Employee from and after

                  the  time he is  eligible  to  participate  in the  Plan,

                  pursuant  to the  provisions  of  Article 3, who is not a

                  Highly Compensated Eligible Employee for such Plan Year.

         (r)      "Non-Highly   Compensated   Employee"  shall  mean,  with

                  respect  to  a  Plan  Year,  any  Employee,   (or  former

                  Employee,  if applicable) who is not a Highly Compensated

                  Employee.

         (s)      "One-Year  Period of  Service"  shall mean 12 months of a

                  Period  of  Service.  For  this  purpose,   nonsuccessive

                  Periods of  Service  shall be  aggregated,  and less than

                  whole   year   Periods  of   Service   (whether   or  not

                  consecutive)  shall be  aggregated  on the basis that 365

                  days of a Period of Service equal a whole One-Year Period

                  of Service.

         (t)      "One-Year    Period   of   Severance"    shall   mean   a

                  12-consecutive-month  period  beginning on an  employee's

                  Severance  from  Service  Date and  ending  on the  first

                  anniversary  of such  date  provided  that  the  employee

                  during such 12-consecutive-month  period does not perform

                  an  Hour  of  Service  for  a  Participating  Company  or

                  Affiliated Company.

         (u)      "Participating  Company"  shall  mean (1) the  Sponsoring

                  Company;  (2) any division of the Sponsoring Company some

                  or all of whose  employees are  designated as eligible to

                  participate  in this Plan;  and (3) an  affiliate  of the

                  Sponsoring  Company  which  adopts the Plan  pursuant  to

                  Article 18 of the Plan.

         (v)      "Period of  Service"  shall  mean a period of  employment

                  with a  Participating  Company or an  Affiliated  Company

                  commencing on an employee's Employment  Commencement Date

                  or   Reemployment   Commencement   Date,   whichever   is

                  applicable,  and ending on such employee's Severance from

                  Service Date; provided,  however, Period of Service shall

                  also   include  any  Period  of   Severance   immediately

                  following a Period of Service if the  employee  completes

                  an Hour of Service  within 12 months of the date on which

                  the   employee    was   first   absent   from    service.

                  Notwithstanding   the   foregoing   provisions   of  this

                  paragraph  (v),  Period of Service  shall not include the

                  period  between  the  first  anniversary  and the  second

                  anniversary of the first date of absence from work (1) by

                  reason of the pregnancy of the employee, (2) by reason of

                  the  birth of a child of the  employee,  (3) by reason of

                  the  placement of a child with the employee in connection

                  with the adoption of such child by such employee,  or (4)

                  for  purposes  of  caring  for  such  child  for a period

                  beginning  immediately following such birth or placement.

                  In the case of any employee who has a One-Year  Period of

                  Severance  prior to becoming vested in any portion of his

                  Account,  such  employee's  Periods  of  Service  with  a

                  Participating Company or an Affiliated Company before any

                  such One-Year Period of Severance shall not be taken into

                  account if such  employee's  latest  Period of  Severance

                  equals or exceeds  the  greater of (i) five years or (ii)

                  his prior aggregate  Periods of Service  completed before

                  the date on  which  such  One-Year  Period  of  Severance

                  began, and such prior aggregate  Periods of Service shall

                  not  include  any Period of Service  not  required  to be

                  taken into account by reason of any prior One-Year Period

                  of  Severance.  Any Period of Service,  or part  thereof,

                  with an Affiliated  Company  (other than a  Participating

                  Company)  during  a  period  of time  during  which  such

                  Affiliated Company was not an Affiliated Company shall be

                  disregarded  except  that  the  following  shall  not  be

                  disregarded:  (A)  service as  provided in Section 3.2 of

                  the Plan,  (B) service with an  Affiliated  Company by an

                  Employee who was transferred  from an Affiliated  Company

                  to a  Participating  Company,  and  (C)  service  with an

                  Affiliated  Company by an employee which is determined by

                  the Sponsoring  Company under uniform,  nondiscriminatory

                  rules not to be  disregarded;  provided that such service

                  will be  equally  available  to both  Highly  Compensated

                  Employees  and  Non-Highly   Compensated   Employees  who

                  satisfy  the  criteria  for such  service;  and  provided

                  further that such service  shall only be available  under

                  terms   and    conditions    satisfying    Treas.    Reg.

                  ss.1.401(a)(4)-11(d) or any successor to that regulation.

         (w)      "Period  of  Severance"  shall  mean the  period  of time

                  commencing on an employee's  Severance  from Service Date

                  and ending on the date such  employee  again  performs an

                  Hour of Service.

         (x)      "Plan" shall mean the Ashland Inc.  Employee Savings Plan

                  (formerly  known  as the  Ashland  Inc.  Employee  Thrift

                  Plan).

         (y)      "Plan Year" shall mean the calendar year.

         (z)      "Reemployment  Commencement  Date"  shall  mean the first

                  date, following the Severance from Service Date, on which

                  an employee performs an Hour of Service.

         (aa)     "Restricted  Company Match Account" shall no longer exist

                  after December 31, 2002.

         (ab)     "Severance  from Service Date" shall mean the earliest to

                  occur of (1) the date on which an employee quits, retires

                  or is discharged  from  employment  with a  Participating

                  Company or an Affiliated  Company, or dies; or (2) except

                  as   otherwise   provided  in  clause   (3),   the  first

                  anniversary of the first date of a period during which an

                  employee  remains  absent from  service  (with or without

                  pay)  with  a  Participating  Company  or  an  Affiliated

                  Company  for any reason  other  than a quit,  retirement,

                  discharge  or death;  or (3) the second  anniversary  (or

                  such shorter period as may be allowed by  regulations) of

                  the first date of a period in which an  employee  remains

                  absent from  service with a  Participating  Company or an

                  Affiliated  Company by reason of the placement of a child

                  with the employee in connection with the adoption of such

                  child by such  employee,  or for  purposes  of caring for

                  such child for a period beginning  immediately  following

                  such birth or placement, if the employee furnishes to the

                  Sponsoring  Company such  information in such form and at

                  such time as it may from time to time  require  that such

                  absence  was for  one of the  reasons  specified  in this

                  sentence  and the number of days for which there was such

                  an absence.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence,  (i)

                  if  an   employee   is  absent   from   service   with  a

                  Participating  Company or an Affiliated Company solely by

                  reason of temporary  leave of absence  determined  by the

                  Sponsoring  Company  under  uniform,   non-discriminatory

                  rules to be in the interest of a Participating Company or

                  an Affiliated Company,  such employee shall be deemed not

                  to have  quit or  been  absent  from  service  with  such

                  Participating  Company or  Affiliated  Company so long as

                  such employee  complies with the terms and  conditions of

                  such temporary  leave of absence;  or (ii) if an employee

                  is absent from service with a Participating Company or an

                  Affiliated  Company solely by reason of military  service

                  under  circumstances  by which such  employee is afforded

                  reemployment rights under any applicable Federal or State

                  statute or regulation,  such employee shall be deemed not

                  to have quit or have been absent from  service  with such

                  Participating  Company  or  Affiliated  Company  if  such

                  employee  returns  to  service  with  such  Participating

                  Company or Affiliated  Company  before the  expiration of

                  such reemployment rights; provided, however, in the event

                  that such  employee  fails to  comply  with the terms and

                  conditions  of a  temporary  leave of absence or fails to

                  return to  service  with such  Participating  Company  or

                  Affiliated   Company   before  the   expiration  of  such

                  reemployment  rights,  such  employee  shall be deemed to

                  have  quit on the first day on which  such  employee  was

                  first absent from service with such Participating Company

                  or Affiliated  Company by reason of such temporary  leave

                  of absence or such military service.

         (ac)     "Sponsoring  Company"  shall mean Ashland Inc.  including

                  any successor by merger, purchase or otherwise.

         (ad)     "Tax  Deferred  Account"  shall  mean  all  the  separate

                  accounts maintained under the provisions of Article 10 to

                  which are allocated, on behalf of a Member, contributions

                  to the Trust under the  provisions  of Section 6.1 of the

                  Plan as adjusted in  accordance  with the  provisions  of

                  Section 10.3 of the Plan.

         (ae)     "Termination  of  Employment"  shall mean  termination of

                  employment   with  any   Participating   Company  or  any

                  Affiliated Company, whether voluntarily or involuntarily,

                  for  any  reason  other  than  by  reason  of a  Member's

                  transfer  to a  Participating  Company  or an  Affiliated

                  Company.  With  respect to amounts held in a Member's Tax

                  Deferred Account and Restricted Company match Account and

                  for  distributions  before  December  31,  2001, a Member

                  shall  be  deemed  to  have  incurred  a  Termination  of

                  Employment  upon the date of the sale by a  Participating

                  Company  or an  Affiliated  Company  to a  purchaser  not

                  related to either such  Company  under  Sections 414 (b),

                  (c), (m), or (o) of the Code of

                                    (i)     substantially all of the assets

                                            (within  the meaning of Section

                                            409(d)(2)  of the Code) used by

                                            such  Company  in  a  trade  or

                                            business of such  Company  even

                                            though  such  Member  continues

                                            employment  with the  purchaser

                                            of such assets, or

                                    (ii)    the stock  (within  the meaning

                                            of  Section  409(d)(3)  of  the

                                            Code)   of   a    Participating

                                            Company   or   an    Affiliated

                                            Company even though such Member

                                            continues  employment with such

                                            Company;

                  provided,  that such purchaser does not maintain the Plan

                  after the date of such sale.

                  Notwithstanding  anything  in the  Plan to the  contrary,

                  effective January 1, 2002 Termination of Employment shall

                  include  both a  separation  from service and a severance

                  from   employment   for  purposes  of  determining  if  a

                  distribution under the Plan is allowed.

         (af)     "Trust"  shall mean the legal entity  resulting  from the

                  trust agreement  between the Sponsoring  Company,  on its

                  own  behalf  and as  agent  for all  other  Participating

                  Companies,   and   the   Trustee   which   receives   the

                  Participating Companies' and Members' contributions,  and

                  holds, invests, and disburses funds to or for the benefit

                  of Members and their Beneficiaries.

         (ag)     "Trust Fund" shall mean the total  contributions  made by

                  the  Participating  Companies  and  Members  to the Trust

                  pursuant to the Plan, increased by profits, gains, income

                  and  recoveries   received,   and  decreased  by  losses,

                  depreciation,  benefits paid and expenses incurred in the

                  administration  of the  Trust.  Trust Fund  includes  all

                  assets acquired by investment and reinvestment  which are

                  held in the Trust by the Trustee.

         (ah)     "Trustee" shall mean the party or parties,  individual or

                  corporate,  named  in the  trust  agreement  and any duly

                  appointed  additional  or  successor  Trustee or Trustees

                  acting thereunder.

         (ai)     "Valuation  Date"  shall mean each  business  day the New

                  York Stock  Exchange is open.

         2.2 Wherever  appropriate,  words used in the Plan in the singular

shall  mean  the  plural,  the  plural  shall  mean the  singular,  and the

masculine shall mean the feminine.

 

 

 

 

 

                                 ARTICLE 3

                        REQUIREMENTS FOR ELIGIBILITY

         3.1      Eligibility Requirements.

                  (a)(1)  General.  Each  Member of the Plan on  January 1,

                  2003,  shall  continue  to be a  Member  subject  to  the

                  provisions  of the Plan.  Subject  to the  provisions  of

                  Article 4 of the Plan,  an Employee who is a Member under

                  the provisions of sub-paragraph (2) of this paragraph (a)

                  shall  be  eligible  for the  contribution  described  in

                  Section  7.1(c) as soon as is  administratively  feasible

                  after  completing a One-Year Period of Service,  provided

                  that  such  Member  is  an  Employee  of a  Participating

                  Company on such date.

                  (2) Less  Than One Year.  Subject  to the  provisions  of

                  Article 4 of the Plan,  each Employee of a  Participating

                  Company  in  a  payroll   classification   designated  as

                  eligible for  participation  hereunder by the  Sponsoring

                  Company who has not received credit for a One-Year Period

                  of Service  shall be eligible  to make the  contributions

                  allowed  under  Article  6 of  the  Plan  as  soon  as is

                  administratively feasible after the later of:

                        (i) January 1, 2001; or

                        (ii) the Employee's date of employment.

                  Employees  who are eligible to make  contributions  under

                  this  sub-paragraph  (2) of this  paragraph  (a) shall be

                  considered  to be  Members  of the Plan for all  purposes

                  except   they  shall  not  be  eligible  to  receive  the

                  contributions  described  in  Section  7.1(c) of the Plan

                  until completing a One-Year Period of Service.

                  (3)   Reemployment.   Notwithstanding   anything  to  the

                  contrary  herein  contained,  any  Member  who  incurs  a

                  Termination  of  Employment   and  who  is   subsequently

                  reemployed as an Employee of a Participating Company in a

                  payroll   classification   designated   as  eligible  for

                  participation  hereunder by the Sponsoring  Company shall

                  be  eligible  to again  become a Member,  subject  to the

                  provisions  of  Article 4, as of the first pay period for

                  such Employee beginning coincident with or next following

                  the day after the reemployment of such Employee.

                  (b)  Special  Rule  for  Deferred  Compensation  Eligible

                  Group.  Effective  January 1, 2002,  Employees who are or

                  who  become   eligible  to  make   non-qualified   salary

                  deferrals  under the Ashland Inc.  Deferred  Compensation

                  Plan  shall be  eligible  to make  contributions  to this

                  Plan.  The terms of the Plan  shall be  applied  to these

                  Employees in the same manner as they are applied to other

                  eligible  Employees,  except as  otherwise  noted in this

                  paragraph (b) of Section 3.1. The  Employees  referred to

                  in this  paragraph  (b) shall only be allowed to make one

                  irrevocable  election to make  contributions  to the Plan

                  for each Plan Year, subject only to suspension because of

                  a hardship  distribution  as provided  under Sections 5.3

                  and 6.3.  Such  election  shall be made at such  time and

                  pursuant  to  such   procedures   as  prescribed  by  the

                  Sponsoring  Company  from  time to time.  Such  elections

                  shall,  however,  be collected  prior to the Plan Year to

                  which  they  relate.  In the event the  Employee  becomes

                  eligible to make non-qualified salary deferrals under the

                  Ashland Inc.  Deferred  Compensation  Plan effective on a

                  day other than January 1, then the Employee's irrevocable

                  election  under this Plan shall be  collected  before the

                  period  of the Plan Year to which an  election  under the

                  Ashland Inc.  Deferred  Compensation  Plan would  relate.

                  Under  these   circumstances,   the  Employee's  existing

                  election under this Plan would end and the Employee would

                  have to make a new irrevocable  election  hereunder to be

                  effective  for  the  remainder  of the  Plan  Year.  Such

                  elections  shall become  irrevocable  on the first day of

                  the Plan Year (or  portion  thereof) to which they relate

                  and shall be effective with respect to pay received after

                  such  day (or as soon as is  administratively  feasible).

                  Notwithstanding   anything  in  the   foregoing   to  the

                  contrary,   an  Employee   whose  election  is  otherwise

                  irrevocable  shall have an  opportunity  to increase such

                  election effective with respect to Compensation  received

                  after June 30,  2003.  To be  eligible  to  increase  the

                  election, the Employee must meet all of the following:

                  (1)   The Employee  elected to  contribute  4% or less of

                        Compensation  to the Plan for the 2003  Plan  Year;

                        and

                  (2)   The  Employee   does  not  elect  to  increase  the

                        contribution above 5% of Compensation.

                  An election to increase an Employee's contribution to the

                  Plan described  above will only be effective with respect

                  to Compensation  received after June 30, 2003 and will be

                  irrevocable  for the remainder of the Plan Year. Any such

                  election  shall be made in the manner  prescribed  by the

                  Sponsoring Company, but it can be made no later than June

                  30, 2003.

         3.2  Service  With  A  Predecessor   Employer.  If  the  Plan  had

previously  been  maintained by a predecessor of a  Participating  Company,

whether a corporation,  partnership,  sole proprietorship or other business

entity,  any period of service with such predecessor  shall be treated as a

period of service with a  Participating  Company.  If the Plan had not been

previously maintained by a predecessor of a Participating Company,  service

with such predecessor shall not be taken into account, except to the extent

required pursuant to regulations  prescribed by the United States Secretary

of the Treasury or his delegate.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, service by

a sole  proprietor  or partner  shall not be counted as a period of service

with a Participating Company.

 

 

 

 

 

                                 ARTICLE 4

                         PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN

         4.1  Participation.  Any Employee  eligible to  participate in the

Plan in  accordance  with  Article 3 of the Plan shall become a Member with

respect to the first  paycheck for such  Employee  issued for the first pay

period  beginning  after the  Sponsoring  Company  records such  Employee's

enrollment as a Member.  Such enrollments shall be accomplished by means of

such  administrative  procedures  as may be  prescribed  by the  Sponsoring

Company, from time to time. By enrolling in the Plan, each Member shall (i)

authorize the automatic  deduction of such Member's  contributions  and any

contributions  allocable  to his Tax Deferred  Account  from such  Member's

Compensation or authorize such other method of making  contributions as may

be  required  by the  Sponsoring  Company,  (ii)  designate  such  Member's

investment  election under the provisions of Section 8.2 of the Plan, (iii)

designate one or more  Beneficiaries  pursuant to the provisions of Section

2.1(f) of the Plan, and (iv) provide such other  information,  and agree to

such  conditions,   understandings,   declarations  or  agreements  as  the

Sponsoring Company shall from time to time require.

 

 

 

 

 

                                 ARTICLE 5

                            MEMBER CONTRIBUTIONS

         5.1 Rate.  Subject to Section 5.4, Section 6.1 and the limitations

of Article 7, each Member may elect to  contribute  to the Plan by means of

payroll  deduction  (or other  method as may be required by the  Sponsoring

Company)  an amount  not less  than 1% nor more  than 50% (in whole  number

percentages) of  Compensation,  for each payment of  Compensation  received

after  enrolling for  participation  under Section 4.1 of the Plan. The 50%

limit may be exceeded for a Member to the extent required to facilitate the

Member's catch-up contribution under Section 6.1(b). Contributions pursuant

to this Article 5 that are less than or equal to 4% (5%  effective  July 1,

2003) of a Member's Compensation, and with respect to which a Participating

Company contribution is made under the provisions of Article 7 of the Plan,

are designated as Basic Contributions.  Contributions that are in excess of

4% (5% effective July 1, 2003) of a Member's Compensation, and with respect

to which no such Participating Company contribution is made, are designated

as Supplemental Contributions.  All Member contributions shall be paid into

the Plan not less  frequently  than  monthly and shall be allocated to such

Member's Account or Tax Deferred Account as provided in the Plan.

         5.2 Change of Rate.  Subject to Section 3.1(b), a Member may elect

to change his  contribution  rate (including  changes to or from 0%) within

the  limits  set forth in  Section  5.1 by  following  such  administrative

procedures  as may be prescribed by the  Sponsoring  Company,  from time to

time.  Any such change to his  contribution  rate shall be  effective  with

respect  to the first  paycheck  for such  Member  issued for the first pay

period beginning after the Sponsoring Company records such change.

         5.3 Automatic Discontinuance of Contributions.  If a Member ceases

to be an  Employee,  or  otherwise  ceases to be  eligible  to  participate

pursuant to the terms of Article 3 of the Plan, his Basic Contributions and

Supplemental Contributions, if any, shall be automatically discontinued.

If a Member elects to make a hardship  withdrawal  from his Account and Tax

Deferred Account, if any, pursuant to the provisions of Section 12.3 of the

Plan, such Member's Basic Contributions and Supplemental Contributions,  if

any,  shall  be  automatically   discontinued  effective  for  payments  of

Compensation  first  occurring  for the pay period of such Member after the

Sponsoring Company records such withdrawal. The automatic discontinuance of

contributions  resulting from a hardship withdrawal shall last for a period

of 12 calendar  months,  starting with the first calendar month  coincident

with or next following the automatic discontinuance of contributions. After

the  expiration  of  this  12  calendar  month  period,   the  Member  must

affirmatively elect to resume  contributions  pursuant to the provisions of

Section 5.2 of the Plan. The 12-month  suspension  period  described in the

foregoing  shall be  changed to 6 months for  hardship  distributions  made

after December 31, 2001.

In no  event  shall  the  Actual  Contribution  Percentage  for the  Highly

Compensated  Eligible  Employees  exceed  the  greater  of (i)  the  Actual

Contribution  Percentage for the Non-Highly  Compensated Eligible Employees

multiplied  by 1.25;  or (ii) the  lesser  of (A) the  Actual  Contribution

Percentage for the Non-Highly  Compensated Eligible Employees plus 2.00, or

(B) the  Actual  Contribution  Percentage  for the  Non-Highly  Compensated

Eligible  Employees   multiplied  by  2  (hereinafter  called  the  "actual

contribution  percentage test"). The Sponsoring Company may, without notice

to any Member,  discontinue all or part of the  contributions of any one or

more Highly  Compensated  Eligible  Employees when such  discontinuance  is

deemed  necessary or advisable  to  establish  and/or  preserve the Plan as

qualified  under the  provisions of Section  401(a) of the Code and related

provisions  or to satisfy the actual  contribution  percentage  test in the

immediately  preceding  sentence.  To the extent  permitted by  regulations

issued  by the  Secretary  of the  Treasury  of the  United  States  or his

delegate, such discontinuance by the Sponsoring Company may be retroactive.

Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained herein,  the following

actions  may be taken by the  Sponsoring  Company,  without  notice  to any

Member,  in the event that the actual  contribution  percentage test is not

satisfied for the Plan Year:

         (a) If the  actual  deferral  percentage  test of  Section  6.3 is

         satisfied  for such Plan Year,  then the  Sponsoring  Company  may

         recharacterize  such amount of the salary reduction  contributions

         allocated  to  the  Tax  Deferred   Accounts  of  the   Non-Highly

         Compensated Eligible Employees for such Plan Year as Participating

         Company  contributions  for such Plan Year to the extent that such

         recharacterization  would  allow the Plan to  satisfy  the  actual

         contribution percentage test for such Plan Year; provided that the

         actual deferral  percentage test was still met for such Plan Year,

         both  with  and  without  the  amounts  so  recharacterized.   Any

         contributions that are so  recharacterized  shall not otherwise be

         considered to be  Participating  Company  contributions  and shall

         remain  allocated  to the Tax  Deferred  Accounts of the  affected

         Non-Highly Compensated Eligible Employees.

         (b) If the actual  contribution  percentage test for the Plan Year

         cannot be satisfied under (a) of this Section 5.3, then the amount

         by  which  the  Participating  Company  contributions  and  Member

         contributions  for such  Plan  Year  which  are  allocated  to the

         Accounts  of Highly  Compensated  Eligible  Employees  exceeds the

         maximum amount of such contributions that could have been made for

         such Plan Year to satisfy the actual contribution  percentage test

         (hereinafter   "excess   aggregate    contributions")   shall   be

         distributed,  with their allocable share of income or loss, to the

         Highly Compensated  Eligible Employees by the end of the following

         Plan Year, as  determined  for each such Employee in the following

         described  manner.  The  total  amount  of  the  excess  aggregate

         contributions for the year is first  determined.  To determine the

         total  excess  aggregate  contributions,  the actual  contribution

         ratios (which is for each Highly Compensated Eligible Employee the

         ratio of Member and Participating Company contributions  allocated

         to his Account for the Plan Year to his Actual Deferral Percentage

         Compensation for the Plan Year) of the Highly Compensated Eligible

         Employees  for such  Plan  Year are  reduced,  beginning  with the

         Highly Compensated  Eligible Employee(s) having the highest actual

         contribution   ratio,  in  succession,   until  each  such  actual

         contribution  ratio is reduced to no more than the  greater of the

         following --

                  (1)      the   particular   actual   contribution   ratio

                           resulting in the Actual Contribution  Percentage

                           for the Highly  Compensated  Eligible  Employees

                           that    satisfies   the   actual    contribution

                           percentage test, calculated under the formula of

                           [ (M x T) - S ] /  N,  where  M is  the  maximum

                           allowable Actual Contribution Percentage for the

                           Highly  Compensated  Eligible  Employees , based

                           upon the Actual  Contribution  Percentage of the

                           Non-Highly  Compensated  Eligible  Employees for

                           such Plan Year,  T is the total number of Highly

                           Compensated  Eligible  Employees  for  the  Plan

                           Year,  S is the sum of the  actual  contribution

                           ratios  of  the  Highly   Compensated   Eligible

                           Employees  who do not  have the  highest  actual

                           contribution  ratio for the Plan Year,  and N is

                           the  number  of  Highly   Compensated   Eligible

                           Employees   who  do  have  the  highest   actual

                           contribution ratio for the Plan Year; or

                  (2)      the  actual  contribution  ratio  of the  Highly

                           Compensated  Eligible  Employee(s) with the next

                           highest actual contribution ratio;

until no such Highly Compensated  Eligible  Employee's actual  contribution

ratio for the Plan Year exceeds the highest  permitted  such ratio for such

Plan Year.  The amount of the total excess  aggregate  contributions  to be

distributed to a particular  Highly  Compensated  Eligible Employee for the

Plan Year is determined by starting  with the Highly  Compensated  Eligible

Employee  with the  greatest  amount of Member  and  Participating  Company

contributions  allocated to his Account for such Plan Year and reducing the

amount  of  such   contributions   to  the  next  highest  amount  of  such

contributions for a Highly Compensated  Eligible Employee and continuing in

descending order until all the excess aggregate  contributions have been so

allocated and  distributed.  For this purpose,  the highest  amount of such

contributions  is determined after the distribution of any excess aggregate

contributions.  However, the excess aggregate contributions so allocated to

a  Highly  Compensated  Eligible  Employee  cannot  exceed  the  sum of the

Participating  Company  contributions  and  Member  contributions  actually

allocated to such Highly  Compensated  Eligible  Employee's Account for the

Plan  Year.  Excess  aggregate   contributions   distributed  to  a  Highly

Compensated  Eligible  Employee  for a Plan Year shall  first come from any

Supplemental Contributions made by such Employee under Section 5.1 for such

Plan Year and,  if there are still  excess  aggregate  contributions  to be

distributed  after exhausting such Employee's  Supplemental  Contributions,

then the  remaining  portion  of the  distribution  shall  come  from  such

Employee's Basic Contributions under Section 5.1 and Participating  Company

contributions  allocated to his Account for the Plan Year in the proportion

that  such  Basic  Contributions   bears  to  such  Participating   Company

contributions for such Employee for such Plan Year. The amount of allocable

income or loss that is added to a Highly  Compensated  Eligible  Employee's

distribution of excess  aggregate  contributions  is equal to the income or

loss  allocable  to the Member  contributions  under this Article 5 and the

Participating  Company  contributions  for the Plan  Year  multiplied  by a

fraction whose numerator is the excess aggregate contributions allocated to

the  Highly  Compensated  Eligible  Employee  for the Plan  Year and  whose

denominator is the sum of such Employee's  Account on the first day of such

Plan  Year  and  the  Member   contributions   under  this  Article  5  and

Participating Company contributions  allocated to his Account for such Plan

Year.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary,  if, during the Plan Year

for which an excess  aggregate  contribution is made, a Highly  Compensated

Eligible  Employee who would  otherwise be allocated a share of such excess

aggregate  contribution with its allocable share of income or loss receives

a distribution of all of his Account,  such distribution shall be deemed to

have been a distribution of such Employee's  share of the excess  aggregate

contribution and its allocable share of income or loss.

         5.4  Rollover  Contributions.  Subject to the  provisions  of this

Section 5.4,  effective after December 31, 1997, a Member may contribute to

the Plan, for allocation to the Member's Account, an amount consisting of a

Direct  Rollover,  a Regular  Rollover or a Conduit IRA  Rollover.  Amounts

contributed by a Member  pursuant to this Section 5.4, and any earnings and

any income allocable  thereto,  shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable at

all times.

         (a) Eligibility.  Effective for rollover contributions to the Plan

         after  December  31,  2002,  Employees  who meet  the  eligibility

         requirements  of Section 3.1 of the Plan and former  Employees who

         still  have an  Account  or Tax  Deferred  Account in the Plan are

         eligible to make contributions under this Section 5.4.

         (b) Direct  Rollover.  A Direct  Rollover is a  contribution  that

         satisfies all of the following:

         (1)  The  contribution  is made in cash  (including a check) or by

              such  other  means  as may be  prescribed  by the  Sponsoring

              Company, in consultation with the Trustee.

         (2)  The contribution  consists of all or a portion of the taxable

              part of the Member's benefit under another qualified trust or

              annuity  (as  defined in Code  section  402(c)(8)).  For this

              purpose, such a contribution may include an eligible rollover

              distribution  to a  Member  that is a  former  Employee  from

              another qualified trust sponsored by the Sponsoring  Company,

              a Participating  Company or an Affiliated Company.  Effective

              for rollover contributions made after December 31, 2001, such

              contributions  that are received  from a qualified  trust may

              also include amounts that were not taxable to the Member upon

              distribution.  The Plan must, however, separately account for

              the rollover  contributions that consist of amounts that were

              both taxable and  non-taxable  to the Member on  distribution

              from the qualified  trust.  The  non-taxable  portion of such

              distribution will be treated as after-tax  contributions made

              after 1986 under clause (ii) of Section  10.1.  Additionally,

              after  December 31,  2001,  the Plan will accept (i) rollover

              contributions  from an annuity contract  described in section

              403(b)   of   the   Code,    excluding   after-tax   employee

              contributions,   and  (ii)  rollover  contributions  from  an

              eligible  plan  under  section  457(b)  of the  Code  that is

              maintained by a state,  political  subdivision of a state, or

              any  agency  or  instrumentality  of  a  state  or  political

              subdivision of a state.

         (3)  The   contribution    constitutes   an   eligible    rollover

              distribution (as defined in Code Section 402(c)(4)).

         (4)  The  contribution is being  transferred  directly to the Plan

              pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  Code  Section  401(a)(31).

              Effective for rollover contributions after December 31, 2001,

              the  contribution is being  transferred  directly to the Plan

              pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  Code  section  401(a)(31),

              403(b)(10) or 457(d)(1)(C), as applicable.

         (c)  Regular  Rollover.  A Regular Rollover is a contribution that

              satisfies  all  the  requirements  enumerated  for  a  Direct

              Rollover in paragraph  (b) of this  Section  5.4,  except the

              requirement  of  paragraph  (b)(4) of this  Section  5.4, and

              which is  delivered  by the Member to the Plan not later than

              the 60th day after  the day of the  Member's  receipt  of the

              amount being contributed as a Regular Rollover. Effective for

              rollover  contributions  after  December 31,  2001,  the time

              limit of the preceding sentence may be extended as allowed in

              Code section 402(c)(3)(B).

         (d)  Conduit  IRA   Rollover.   A  Conduit   IRA   Rollover  is  a

              contribution that satisfies all of the following:

         (1)      The  contribution  is made in cash (including a check) or

                  by  such  other  means  as  may  be   prescribed  by  the

                  Sponsoring Company, in consultation with the Trustee.

         (2)      The  contribution  consists  of  all  or a  portion  of a

                  Member's benefit under an individual  retirement  account

                  or  individual  retirement  annuity,  the assets of which

                  consist  solely of amounts  attributable  to a  qualified

                  trust as defined in Code Section  402(c)(8),  as required

                  under Code  Section  408(d)(3)(A)(ii).  The source of the

                  distribution  for rollover  contributions  after December

                  31,  2001 is not  relevant  so long as the  amount of the

                  rollover  contribution  was  properly in the account from

                  which  it was  distributed  and so long  as the  rollover

                  contribution  to the Plan does not  exceed the amount the

                  Member  received  from such  account that would have been

                  included in gross income.

         (3)      The  contribution  is delivered by the Member to the Plan

                  not later than the 60th day after the day of the Member's

                  receipt of the amount being  contributed as a Conduit IRA

                  Rollover.  Effective  for  rollover  contributions  after

                  December  31,  2001,  the  time  limit  of the  preceding

                  sentence  may be  extended  as  allowed  in Code  section

                  408(d)(3)(i).

         (e)  Information Provided by Member. Before the Plan will accept a

              Direct  Rollover,   a  Regular  Rollover  or  a  Conduit  IRA

              Rollover,  the  Sponsoring  Company may require the Member to

              provide such information and  documentation as the Sponsoring

              Company deems to be convenient and appropriate to demonstrate

              that  the  amount  submitted  as a Direct  Rollover,  Regular

              Rollover or Conduit IRA Rollover  satisfies the  requirements

              applicable  to  such  a  rollover.   If,  after  accepting  a

              contribution  from a  Member  as a Direct  Rollover,  Regular

              Rollover  or Conduit IRA  Rollover,  the  Sponsoring  Company

              becomes   aware  such   contribution   did  not  satisfy  the

              applicable rollover requirements in paragraph (b), (c) or (d)

              of this Section 5.4, then the amount of such contribution and

              any  earnings   attributable  to  it  will  be  automatically

              distributed  within a reasonable time to the Member,  without

              the Member's consent.

         (f)  Investment. Coincident with or prior to the Plan's acceptance

              of a  contribution  under this  Section 5.4, the Member shall

              direct the Plan and the Trustee  regarding the  investment of

              the contribution among the investment  alternatives  provided

              in  Article  8  of  the  Plan.  The  Member's  investment  of

              contributions  under this Section 5.4 shall be subject to all

              the relevant provisions of Article 8 of the Plan and shall be

              subject to such administrative procedures as prescribed, from

              time to time, by the Sponsoring Company, in consultation with

              the Trustee.

         (g)  Amounts   Received   as   Surviving   Spouse  or   Alternate.

              Distributions  received by an  Employee in the  capacity of a

              surviving  spouse or an  alternate  payee  under a  qualified

              domestic  relations order that satisfies the  requirements of

              paragraph (a) hereof shall be eligible to be  contributed  to

              the  Plan  as  a  rollover   contribution   if  the  relevant

              provisions  of this  Section 5.4 are met with  respect to the

              same as though the Employee  were an employee with respect to

              such distribution.

 

 

 

 

 

                                 ARTICLE 6

                       SALARY REDUCTION CONTRIBUTIONS

         6.1      Salary Reduction Election.

         (a)  General.  Subject to the  provisions  of Section  6.3 and the

limitations of Article 7, each Member may elect to reduce his  remuneration

from a Participating  Company by having an amount of his contribution under

Article  5 of the  Plan,  determined  in whole  number  percentages  of his

Compensation, allocated to his Tax Deferred Account. Such election shall be

made pursuant to such administrative procedures as may be prescribed by the

Sponsoring  Company,  from time to time.  Member  contributions  under this

Section 6.1,  when  combined  with any other  contributions  of such Member

intended to be made under Section  401(k) of the Code to any other plan (if

any) which allows such  contributions  maintained by the Sponsoring Company

or maintained by an Affiliated Company,  which are made by such Member from

and after the time any such plan was so  maintained,  shall not  exceed the

dollar  limitation  as  determined  by the United  States  Secretary of the

Treasury or his delegate  pursuant to Section 402(g) of the Code to reflect

increases  in the cost of living and to be adjusted no more than  annually.

Notwithstanding  anything in the foregoing to the  contrary,  effective for

contributions after December 31, 2001, the applicable limit of Code section

402(g) may be exceeded as allowed in  paragraph  (b) of this  Section  6.1.

Notwithstanding  anything in the foregoing to the  contrary,  if a Member's

contributions under this Section 6.1 made during a calendar year exceed the

maximum  dollar  limitation  described  above  (hereinafter  called "excess

deferral"),  then such Member may notify the Sponsoring  Company by March 1

of the calendar  year  following  the  calendar  year for which such excess

deferral was made, in writing,  under such  procedures as may be prescribed

by the Sponsoring Company,  from time to time, of the amount of such excess

deferral in the Plan.  If the  Sponsoring  Company has actual  knowledge of

such an excess  deferral for a Member,  then such written  notice from such

Member  shall be deemed to have been  given.  After such  actual  notice or

deemed notice occurs,  the amount of such excess  deferral,  reduced by any

prior  distributions  of excess  contributions  under Section 6.3, shall be

distributed to the Member,  with its allocable  share of income or loss, by

April 15 of the calendar  year  following  the calendar  year for which the

excess deferral occurred;  provided, however, that such distribution may be

made  earlier,  including  within  the  calendar  year for which the excess

deferral  occurred.   The  amount  of  income  or  loss  allocable  to  the

distribution of the excess deferral is determined by multiplying the amount

of income or loss allocable to the  contributions  made to the Plan for the

calendar year during which the excess  occurred (or if earlier,  the income

or loss for such  contributions as of the Valuation Date immediately  prior

to the  distribution)  by a fraction whose numerator is the excess deferral

for such  Member  and whose  denominator  is the sum of such  Member's  Tax

Deferred Account balance as of the beginning of the calendar year for which

the excess deferral occurred and the amount of such Member's  contributions

under this Section 6.1 for that calendar year (or if earlier, the amount of

such  contributions  as of the  Valuation  Date  immediately  prior  to the

distribution).  Excess  deferrals  distributed  shall  first  come from any

Supplemental  Contributions made under this Section 6.1 during the calendar

year for which the excess deferral  occurred and, if there are still excess

deferrals   to  be   distributed   after   exhausting   such   Supplemental

Contributions,  then the remaining  portion of the distribution  shall come

from the Member's  Basic  Contributions  under this Section 6.1 made during

such calendar year,  provided,  that notwithstanding any other provision of

the  Plan  to  the  contrary,  the  amount  of  any  Participating  Company

contributions  related to any such Basic  Contributions  shall be forfeited

and used to reduce the amount of Participating  Company  contributions that

would otherwise be required.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if,

during the calendar year for which an excess deferral is made, a Member who

would otherwise  receive a distribution of such an excess deferral with its

allocable share of income or loss receives a distribution of all of his Tax

Deferred  Account,  such  distribution  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been a

distribution  of such Member's  excess  deferral and its allocable share of

income or loss.

         (b) Catch-Up Contributions. Effective for contributions made after

December 31, 2001,  Members who will be at least age 50 before the close of

the applicable  Plan Year shall be able to make catch-up  contributions  in

accordance  with, and subject to the  limitations  of, Code section 414(v).

Such catch-up contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of

the  provisions  of the  Plan  implementing  the  required  limitations  of

sections  402(g)  and 415 of the Code.  The Plan  shall not be  treated  as

failing to satisfy the provisions of the Plan implementing the requirements

of section 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b) or 416 of the Code, as

applicable,  by reason of the making of such  catch-up  contributions.  The

Sponsoring  Company  shall  prescribe  administrative  procedures  that  it

considers to be  convenient  to facilitate  catch-up  contributions.  These

procedures may be changed from time to time.

         6.2  Change or  Suspension/Resumption  of Salary  Reduction  Rate.

Subject to Sections 3.1(b),  5.1 and 6.1 of the Plan, a Member may elect to

change the amount of his contributions  being allocated to his Tax Deferred

Account,  in amounts  equal to one or more whole  percentage  points of his

Compensation   (including  changes  to  or  from  0%),  by  following  such

administrative  procedures as may be prescribed by the Sponsoring  Company,

from time to time,  and any such change shall be effective  with respect to

the  first  paycheck  for such  Member  issued  for the  first  pay  period

beginning after the Sponsoring Company records such change.

         6.3 Automatic Suspension or Discontinuance of Salary Reduction. If

a Member  ceases to be an Employee,  or otherwise  ceases to be eligible to

participate  pursuant  to the terms of  Article  3 of the  Plan,  his Basic

Contributions  and  Supplemental  Contributions,  that were  being made and

allocated  pursuant  to the  terms  of this  Article  6, if any,  shall  be

automatically  discontinued.

If a Member elects to make a hardship  withdrawal  from his Account and Tax

Deferred Account, if any, pursuant to the provisions of Section 12.3 of the

Plan, such Member's Basic  Contributions  and  Supplemental  Contributions,

that were being made and allocated pursuant to the terms of this Article 6,

if any,  shall be  automatically  discontinued  effective  for  payments of

Compensation  first  occurring  for the pay period of such Member after the

Sponsoring Company records such withdrawal. The automatic discontinuance of

contributions  resulting from a hardship withdrawal shall last for a period

of 12 calendar  months,  starting with the first calendar month  coincident

with or next following the automatic discontinuance of contributions. After

the  expiration  of  this  12  calendar  month  period,   the  Member  must

affirmatively elect to resume  contributions  pursuant to the provisions of

Section 5.2 and/or Section 6.2 of the Plan. The 12-month  suspension period

described  in the  foregoing  shall be  changed  to 6 months  for  hardship

distributions made after December 31, 2001.

In no event shall the Actual Deferral Percentage for the Highly Compensated

Eligible Employees exceed the greater of (i) the Actual Deferral Percentage

for the Non-Highly  Compensated  Eligible Employees  multiplied by 1.25; or

(ii) the lesser of (A) the Actual  Deferral  Percentage  for the Non-Highly

Compensated  Eligible  Employees  plus  2.00,  or (B) the  Actual  Deferral

Percentage for the Non-Highly  Compensated Eligible Employees multiplied by

2 (hereinafter called the "actual deferral percentage test").  However, the

amount of any  excess  deferrals  under  Section  6.1 for a  calendar  year

attributable  to  Non-Highly   Compensated   Eligible  Employees  shall  be

disregarded  and  excluded  from the  computation  of the  actual  deferral

percentage test for the Plan Year in which such excess deferrals  occurred,

and, for this purpose, such excess deferrals shall be deemed to be the last

contributions  made during the calendar year in which such excess deferrals

occurred, going backwards,  until the contributions so determined equal the

amount of the excess deferral for any such Employee. The Sponsoring Company

may,  without  notice  to any  Member,  discontinue  the  salary  reduction

contributions  of any one or more Highly  Compensated  Employees  when such

discontinuance  is  deemed  necessary  or  advisable  to  establish  and/or

preserve the Plan as qualified  under the  provisions of Section 401(a) and

Section 401(k) of the Code. To the extent  permitted by regulations  issued

by the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States or his delegate, such

discontinuance  by the Sponsoring  Company may be retroactive  and/or be by

way  of  reclassification  of  Member   contributions   and/or  by  way  of

distributions   to  Members.   If  salary   reduction   contributions   are

discontinued  pursuant  to the  terms  of this  Section  6.3,  the  payroll

deductions which were related to such  contributions  shall continue at the

same rate for each affected Member, and such contributions,  from and after

the date of such  discontinuance,  shall be deemed to be contributions made

under and  subject  to the  provisions  of Article  5,  including,  but not

limited to, the limitations  applicable to such contributions under Section

5.4 of the Plan.  If the  Sponsoring  Company  determines  to allow  salary

reduction  contributions to resume for any or all of the Highly Compensated

Eligible Employees,  the rate of the contributions being made as of the day

prior to such resumption  which related to the original  discontinuance  of

the  salary  reduction  contributions  shall  cease  to be made  under  the

provisions  of  Article  5 and  shall,  from  and  after  the  date of such

resumption,  be made  under the terms of this  Article 6 at a rate for each

Member  equal to the  lesser of the rate at which such  contributions  were

being  made  prior  to  their  prior  discontinuance  or  such  rate  as is

prescribed by the Sponsoring Company, pursuant to the terms of this Section

6.3.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  contained  herein,  the

following actions may be taken by the Sponsoring Company, without notice to

any Member,  in the event that the actual  deferral  percentage test is not

satisfied for the Plan Year. In such event,  the amount by which the salary

reduction  contributions  for such Plan Year which are allocated to the Tax

Deferred  Accounts of Highly  Compensated  Eligible  Employees  exceeds the

maximum  amount of such  contributions  that  could have been made for such

Plan Year to  satisfy  the actual  deferral  percentage  test  (hereinafter

"excess contributions") shall be distributed, with their allocable share of

income or loss, to the Highly Compensated  Eligible Employees by the end of

the  following  Plan Year,  as  determined  for each such  Employee  in the

following  described manner.  To determine the total excess  contributions,

the actual deferral ratios (which is for each Highly  Compensated  Eligible

Employee the ratio of salary reduction  contributions  allocated to his Tax

Deferred  Account  for the  Plan  Year to his  Actual  Deferral  Percentage

Compensation  for  the  Plan  Year)  of  the  Highly  Compensated  Eligible

Employees  for  such  Plan  Year are  reduced,  beginning  with the  Highly

Compensated  Eligible Employee(s) having the highest actual deferral ratio,

in succession,  until each such actual deferral ratio is reduced to no more

than the greater of the following --

                  (1)      the particular  actual  deferral ratio resulting

                           in the Actual Deferral Percentage for the Highly

                           Compensated  Eligible  Employees  that satisfies

                           the actual deferral percentage test,  calculated

                           under the  formula of [ (M x T) - S ] / N, where

                           M  is  the  maximum  allowable  Actual  Deferral

                           Percentage for the Highly  Compensated  Eligible

                           Employees  ,  based  upon  the  Actual  Deferral

                           Percentage   of   the   Non-Highly   Compensated

                           Eligible  Employees for such Plan Year, T is the

                           total  number  of  Highly  Compensated  Eligible

                           Employees for the Plan Year, S is the sum of the

                           actual deferral ratios of the Highly Compensated

                           Eligible  Employees  who do not have the highest

                           actual  deferral  ratio for the Plan Year, and N

                           is the  number  of Highly  Compensated  Eligible

                           Employees   who  do  have  the  highest   actual

                           deferral ratio for the Plan Year; or

                  (2)      the   actual   deferral   ratio  of  the  Highly

                           Compensated  Eligible  Employee(s) with the next

                           highest  actual  deferral  ratio;  until no such

                           Highly  Compensated  Eligible  Employee's actual

                           deferral  ratio  for the Plan Year  exceeds  the

                           highest permitted such ratio for such Plan Year.

                  The  amount  of  the  total  excess  contributions  to be

                  distributed to a particular Highly  Compensated  Eligible

                  Employee for the Plan Year is determined by starting with

                  the  Highly   Compensated   Eligible  Employee  with  the

                  greatest   amount  of  salary   reduction   contributions

                  allocated to his Tax Deferred  Account for such Plan Year

                  and reducing the amount of such contributions to the next

                  highest  amount  of  such   contributions  for  a  Highly

                  Compensated   Eligible   Employee   and   continuing   in

                  descending order until all the excess  contributions have

                  been so allocated and distributed.  For this purpose, the

                  highest amount of such  contributions is determined after

                  the  distribution of any excess  contributions.  However,

                  the  excess   contributions  so  allocated  to  a  Highly

                  Compensated Eligible Employee cannot exceed the amount of

                  salary reduction contributions actually allocated to such

                  Highly  Compensated   Eligible  Employee's  Tax  Deferred

                  Account for the Plan Year,  and are reduced by the amount

                  of any  previously  distributed  excess  deferrals  under

                  Section  6.1  attributable  to  such  Plan  Year.  Excess

                  contributions   distributed   to  a  Highly   Compensated

                  Eligible  Employee  for a Plan Year shall first come from

                  any Supplemental  Contributions made by such Employee and

                  allocated to his Tax Deferred  Account for such Plan Year

                  and,  if  there  are  still  excess  contributions  to be

                  distributed after exhausting such Employee's Supplemental

                  Contributions,   then  the   remaining   portion  of  the

                  distribution   shall  come  from  such  Employee's  Basic

                  Contributions  that were  allocated  to his Tax  Deferred

                  Account    for   such   Plan   Year,    provided,    that

                  notwithstanding  any other  provision  of the Plan to the

                  contrary,   the  amount  of  any  Participating   Company

                  contributions  related  to any such  Basic  Contributions

                  shall be  forfeited  and used to  reduce  the  amount  of

                  Participating  Company contributions that would otherwise

                  be required.  The amount of allocable income or loss that

                  is  added  to a Highly  Compensated  Eligible  Employee's

                  distribution  of  excess  contributions  is  equal to the

                  income  or  loss   allocable  to  the  salary   reduction

                  contributions  for the Plan Year multiplied by a fraction

                  whose numerator is the excess contributions  allocated to

                  the Highly  Compensated  Eligible  Employee  for the Plan

                  Year and whose  denominator is the sum of such Employee's

                  Tax  Deferred  Account on the first day of such Plan Year

                  and the salary reduction contributions under allocated to

                  his  Tax   Deferred   Account   for   such   Plan   Year.

                  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary, if, during the

                  Plan  Year for which an excess  contribution  is made,  a

                  Highly Compensated  Eligible Employee who would otherwise

                  be allocated a share of such excess contribution with its

                  allocable share of income or loss receives a distribution

                  of all of his Tax  Deferred  Account,  such  distribution

                  shall  be  deemed  to have  been a  distribution  of such

                  Employee's  share  of the  excess  contribution  and  its

                  allocable share of income or loss.

 

 

 

 

 

                                 ARTICLE 7

                    PARTICIPATING COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS

         7.1      Participating Company Contributions.

         (a)  Prior to July 1,  2003.  The  Participating  Companies  shall

         contribute  to the  Trust,  in cash or in kind,  on behalf of each

         Member for whom there are Member Basic  Contributions,  the amount

         derived from the following table:

--------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------

                           Column 1                                                       Column
2

       Successive Levels of Member Basic Contributions, as a      Participating Company Contributions as a Percentage of each

            Percentage of Compensation, to which Levels of                Level of Member Basic Contributions in Column 1

              Participating Company Contributions Relate

--------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------

            1. at least 1% and not greater than 2%                                        1.
110%

--------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------

            2. at least 3% and not greater than 4%                                        2.
100%

--------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------

 

         Any forfeitures  under the Plan shall be used to reduce the amount

         of the Participating Companies' contributions that would otherwise

         be contributed  under this Section 7.1. The  determination  of the

         amount of the aggregate  Participating Company contributions,  and

         the payment thereof,  for each payment of Compensation for which a

         contribution  is to be made  shall be made as soon as  practicable

         after the payment of such Compensation,  as arranged, from time to

         time, between the Sponsoring  Company and the Trustee.  Subject to

         the  limitations  of Section 7.2 and Section 7.3 of the Plan,  the

         Participating  Company  contributions  made  with  regard  to each

         Member's  Basic  Contributions  shall  be  allocated  between  the

         Account and  Restricted  Company Match Account of each such Member

         for  the  period  for  which  such  allocation  is  being  made as

         determined under the following table:

 

-------------------------------- ------------------------------ ------------------------------ ------------------------------

           Column 1                        Column 2                       Column
3                       Column 4

 Member Basic Contributions in       Participating Company        Portion of Participating       Portion of Participating

 1 Percentage Point Increments   Contributions for each $1 of     Company Contributions in       Company Contributions in

                                  Member Basic Contributions      Column 2 Allocated to the      Column
2 Allocated to the

                                          in Column 1                 Member's
Account          Member's Restricted Company

                                                                                                       Match
Account

-------------------------------- ------------------------------ ------------------------------ ------------------------------

1.            first 1% of                  1. $1.10                       1.
$ .30                       1. $ .80

            Compensation

-------------------------------- ------------------------------ ------------------------------ ------------------------------

2.            second 1% of                 2. $1.10                       2.
$ .30                       2. $ .80

            Compensation

-------------------------------- ------------------------------ ------------------------------ ------------------------------

3.            third 1% of                  3. $1.00                       3.
$ .30                       3. $ .70

            Compensation

-------------------------------- ------------------------------ ------------------------------ ------------------------------

4.            fourth 1% of                 4. $1.00                       4.
$ .30                       4. $ .70

            Compensation

-------------------------------- ------------------------------ ------------------------------ ------------------------------

 

         Each Participating  Company's share of the aggregate Participating

         Company  contributions  for any period for which an  allocation is

         made  shall  equal  the sum of the  allocations  pursuant  to this

         Section 7.1 of such aggregate  Participating Company contributions

         to the  Accounts  of the Members  employed  by such  Participating

         Company  during such period.

         (b) After June 30,  2003.  Effective  with  respect to an eligible

         Member's Basic  Contributions  made to the Plan from  Compensation

         received after June 30, 2003, the  Participating  Companies  shall

         contribute  to the  Trust,  in cash or in kind,  on behalf of each

         Member for whom there are Member Basic  Contributions,  the amount

         derived from the following table:

 

--------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------

                           Column 1                                                       Column
2

    Successive Levels of Member Basic Contributions, as a       Participating Company Contributions as a Percentage of each

            Percentage of Compensation, to which Levels of                 Level of Member Basic Contributions in Column 1

              Participating Company Contributions Relate

--------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------

            1. at least 1% and not greater than 5%                                        1.
100%

--------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------

 

         Any forfeitures  under the Plan shall be used to reduce the amount

         of the Participating Companies' contributions that would otherwise

         be contributed  under this Section 7.1. The  determination  of the

         amount of the aggregate  Participating Company contributions,  and

         the payment thereof,  for each payment of Compensation for which a

         contribution  is to be made  shall be made as soon as  practicable

         after the payment of such Compensation,  as arranged, from time to

         time, between the Sponsoring  Company and the Trustee.  Subject to

         the  limitations  of Section 7.2 and Section 7.3 of the Plan,  the

         Participating  Company  contributions  made  with  regard  to each

         Member's Basic  Contributions shall be allocated to the Account of

         each such Member for the period for which such allocation is being

         made  with a portion  of such  contribution  invested  in Fund A -

         Ashland Common Stock Fund and the remainder  invested  pursuant to

         the Member's  investment  election for contributions of the Member

         under Articles 5 and 6 as determined under the following table:

 

-------------------------------- ------------------------------ ------------------------------ ------------------------------

           Column 1                        Column 2                       Column
3                       Column 4

 Member Basic Contributions in       Participating Company        Portion of Participating       Portion of Participating

 1 Percentage Point Increments   Contributions for each $1 of     Company Contributions in       Company Contributions in

                                  Member Basic Contributions      Column 2 Allocated to the     Column
2 Invested on behalf

                                          in Column 1                 Member's
Account           of the Member in Fund A -

                                                                                                 Ashland
Common Stock Fund

-------------------------------- ------------------------------ ------------------------------ ------------------------------

1.            first 1% of                  1. $1.0 0                      1.
$ .40                       1. $ .60

            Compensation

-------------------------------- ------------------------------ ------------------------------ ------------------------------

2.            second 1% of                 2. $1.00                       2.
$ .40                       2. $ .60

            Compensation

-------------------------------- ------------------------------ ------------------------------ ------------------------------

3.            third 1% of                  3. $1.00                       3.
$ .40                       3. $ .60

            Compensation

-------------------------------- ------------------------------ ------------------------------ ------------------------------

4.            fourth 1% of                 4. $1.00                       4.
$ .40                       4. $ .60

            Compensation

-------------------------------- ------------------------------ ------------------------------ ------------------------------

5.            fifth 1% of                  5. $1.00                       5.
$ .40                       5. $ .60

            Compensation

-------------------------------- ------------------------------ ------------------------------ ------------------------------

 

         Each Participating  Company's share of the aggregate Participating

         Company  contributions  for any period for which an  allocation is

         made  shall  equal  the sum of the  allocations  pursuant  to this

         Section 7.1 of such aggregate  Participating Company contributions

         to the  Accounts  of the Members  employed  by such  Participating

         Company during such period.

 

         7.2      Limitation on Annual Additions.

         (a)      Notwithstanding  any other provision of the Plan, the sum

                  of the Annual  Additions  (as  hereinafter  defined) to a

                  Member's   Account  and  Tax   Deferred   Account  for  a

                  Limitation  Year (as defined in Section 7.4) ending after

                  January  1, 1984  shall not  exceed  the  lesser  of: (i)

                  $30,000 as  adjusted  under  Section  415(d) of the Code,

                  determined as of the applicable  Limitation Year; or (ii)

                  25% of such Member's  Limitation  Year  Compensation  (as

                  defined in Section 7.4).  Effective for Limitation  Years

                  beginning  after  December 31, 2001,  the sum of the said

                  Annual  Additions  shall not exceed  (except as otherwise

                  allowed  under Code  section  414(v))  the lesser of: (i)

                  $40,000 as  adjusted  under  Section  415(d) of the Code,

                  determined as of the applicable  Limitation Year; or (ii)

                  100% of such Member's  Limitation Year  Compensation  (as

                  defined in Section  7.4).  The  limitation in each clause

                  (ii)  above   shall  not  apply   with   respect  to  any

                  contributions for medical benefits (within the meaning of

                  Section  419A(f)(2)  of the Code) after  separation  from

                  service which are otherwise treated as an Annual Addition

                  or to any amount otherwise  treated as an Annual Addition

                  under  Section  415(l)  of  the  Code.  The  term  Annual

                  Additions to a Member's  Account for any Limitation  Year

                  shall mean the sum of:

                  (1)      such  Member's  allocable  share  of  the  total

                           aggregate  Participating  Company  contributions

                           for the Plan Year ending within such  Limitation

                           Year;

                  (2)      amounts  allocated  under  Section  6.1 to  such

                           Member's Tax Deferred  Account for the Plan Year

                           ending within such  Limitation  Year (other than

                           excess  deferrals  distributed  to the Member by

                           April  15 of the  calendar  year  following  the

                           calendar year during which such excess  deferral

                           arose);

                  (3)      the  amount  of  such   Member's   total   Basic

                           Contributions and Supplemental  Contributions to

                           his account for the Plan Year ending within such

                           Limitation    Year    (other    than    rollover

                           contributions, repayments of loans or of amounts

                           described in Section 411(a)(7)(B) of the Code in

                           accordance   with  the   provisions  of  Section

                           411(a)(7)(C) of the Code,  repayments of amounts

                           described in Section  411(a)(3)(D)  of the Code,

                           direct   transfers   between   qualified  plans,

                           deductible  employee  contributions  within  the

                           meaning of  Section  72(o)(5)  of the Code;  and

                           salary  reduction  contributions to a simplified

                           employee  pension plan which are excludable from

                           gross  income  under  Section  408(k)(6)  of the

                           Code);

                  (4)      amounts  allocated,  in  years  beginning  after

                           March 31, 1984, to an individual medical benefit

                           account,  as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the

                           Code,  which is part of a defined  benefit plan;

                           and

                  (5)      amounts  derived  from   contributions  paid  or

                           accrued  after  December  31,  1985,  in taxable

                           years   ending   after  such  date,   which  are

                           attributable to post-retirement medical benefits

                           allocated  to  the  separate  account  of a  key

                           employee,  as defined in Section  419A(d)(3)  of

                           the Code,  under a  welfare  benefits  fund,  as

                           defined   in   Section   419(e)   of  the  Code,

                           maintained  by a  Participating  Company  or  an

                           Affiliated Company.

         Except as provided in (2) of this paragraph (a), excess deferrals,

         excess  contributions  and  excess  aggregate   contributions  are

         included as Annual  Additions  for the  Limitation  Year for which

         they are  allocated  to an  account.

         (b)      In the  event  that it is  determined  that,  but for the

                  limitations  contained in  paragraph  (a) of this Section

                  7.2, the Annual  Additions to a Member's  Account and Tax

                  Deferred  Account  for any  Limitation  Year  would be in

                  excess of the limitations  contained herein,  such Annual

                  Additions  shall be reduced to the  extent  necessary  to

                  bring  such  Annual   Additions   within  the  limitation

                  contained  in  paragraph  (a) of this  Section 7.2 in the

                  following order:

                  (1)      Any  employee  contributions  by a Member to his

                           Account   which  are  included  in  such  Annual

                           Additions  shall  be  returned  to  such  Member

                           together  with  any  gain  attributable  to such

                           returned  employee   contributions   unless  the

                           return  of  employee  contributions  under  this

                           sub-paragraph  (1) results in  discrimination in

                           favor of employees of the Sponsoring Company, or

                           other  Participating  Company  which  is  not an

                           Affiliated  Company of the  Sponsoring  Company,

                           who are officers or highly compensated;

                  (2)      If there are no such employee contributions, or,

                           if  such   employee   contributions   cannot  be

                           returned  or are not  sufficient  to reduce such

                           Annual  Additions to the  limitations  contained

                           herein, to the extent permitted by the Code and/

                           or regulations issued thereunder,  contributions

                           allocated  to a Member's  Tax  Deferred  Account

                           which  are  included  in such  Annual  Additions

                           shall be paid to such Member  together  with any

                           gain attributable to such contributions;

                  (3)      If there  are no such  allocations,  or, if such

                           allocations cannot be paid to such Member or are

                           not  sufficient to reduce such Annual  Additions

                           to  the  limitations   contained  herein,   such

                           Member's   allocable   share  of  the  aggregate

                           Participating Company contributions for the Plan

                           Year ending within such Limitation Year shall be

                           reduced.

         (c)      To the extent that the amount of any  Member's  allocable

                  share   of   the    aggregate    Participating    Company

                  contributions   is   reduced  in   accordance   with  the

                  provisions  of  paragraph  (b) of this  Section  7.2, the

                  amount  of  such   reductions   shall  be  treated  as  a

                  forfeiture  under the Plan and shall be applied to reduce

                  Participating  Company  contributions  made or to be made

                  after the date on which such reduction arose or, if there

                  are no such contributions  made, shall be returned to the

                  Participating Companies.

         7.3 Limitation on Annual Additions for Participating  Companies or

Affiliated  Companies  Maintaining Other Defined Contribution Plans. In the

event that any Member of this Plan is a participant under any other Defined

Contribution Plan (as defined in Section 7.4) maintained by a Participating

Company or an Affiliated  Company  (whether or not  terminated),  the total

amount of Annual Additions to such Member's accounts under all such Defined

Contribution  Plans shall not exceed the  limitations  set forth in Section

7.2; provided, however, if any such Defined Contribution Plan is subject to

a special limitation in addition to, or instead of, the regular limitations

described in Sections  415(b) and 415(c) of the Code:  (i) the total amount

of Annual  Additions to such  Member's  Account,  Tax Deferred  Account and

Restricted  Company  Match Account in this Plan (only) shall not exceed the

limitations set forth in Section 7.2, (ii) the combined limitations for all

such Defined  Contribution  Plans (including this Plan) shall be the larger

of such special  limitation or the limitations set forth in Section 7.2 and

(iii) if any such other Defined  Contribution Plan is a tax credit employee

stock ownership plan under which the amount  allocated to such Member for a

Limitation  Year is equal to the  limitation  set forth in Section  7.2, no

part of the total aggregate  Participating  Company  contributions for such

Limitation  Year may be allocated to such Member under this Plan.  If it is

determined  that as a result of the  limitations  set forth in this Section

7.3 the Annual  Additions to a Member's  Account,  Tax Deferred Account and

Restricted  Company  Match  Account  in this  Plan  must be  reduced,  such

reduction  shall be  accomplished  in  accordance  with the  provisions  of

Section 7.2.

         7.4  Definitions  Relating to Annual  Additions  Limitations.  For

purposes of Section 7.2,  Section 7.3 and this  Section 7.4, the  following

definitions  shall apply:

         (a)      "Retirement  Plan"  shall  mean (i) any  profit  sharing,

                  pension or stock bonus plan described in Sections  401(a)

                  and 501(a) of the Code,  (ii) any annuity plan or annuity

                  contract  described  in Sections  403(a) or 403(b) of the

                  Code, (iii) any qualified bond purchase plan described in

                  Section   405(a)  of  the  Code,   (iv)  any   individual

                  retirement  account,  individual  retirement  annuity  or

                  retirement bond described in Sections  408(a),  408(b) or

                  409(a)  of the  Code  and  (v)  any  simplified  employee

                  pension.

         (b)      "Defined  Contribution  Plan" shall mean (i) a Retirement

                  Plan which  provides for an  individual  account for each

                  participant  therein and for benefits based solely on the

                  amount contributed to the participant's  account, and any

                  income,  expenses,  gains and losses, and any forfeitures

                  of accounts of other  participants which may be allocated

                  to such  participant's  account and (ii) mandatory and/or

                  voluntary  employee  contributions  to a defined  benefit

                  plan to the extent of such employee contributions.

         (c)      "Limitation Year" shall mean the Plan Year.

         (d)      "Limitation  Year  Compensation"  shall mean the Member's

                  wages, salaries,  fees for professional service and other

                  amounts received for personal  services actually rendered

                  in  the  course  of  employment  with  the  Participating

                  Companies and  Affiliated  Companies  during a Limitation

                  Year  including,  but not  limited to,  commissions  paid

                  salesmen,  compensation  for  services  on the basis of a

                  percentage  of  profits,  and  bonuses.  Limitation  Year

                  Compensation  shall  not  include  deferred  compensation

                  amounts (other than amounts received by a Member pursuant

                  to an  unfunded  non-qualified  plan  in  the  year  such

                  amounts are  includable in the gross income of the Member

                  for federal income tax purposes);  amounts allocated to a

                  Member's Tax Deferred Account,  provided,  however,  that

                  such  amounts  shall  be  included  as  Limitation   Year

                  Compensation in Limitation Years beginning after December

                  31,   1997;   allowances   paid  by  reason  of   foreign

                  assignment;   amounts   realized  from  the  exercise  of

                  non-qualified  stock options or when restricted stock (or

                  property) held by a Member becomes freely transferable or

                  is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

                  amounts  realized  from  the  sale,   exchange  or  other

                  disposition  of stock  acquired  under a qualified  stock

                  option;  and other  amounts  which  receive  special  tax

                  benefits.  Notwithstanding  anything in the  foregoing to

                  the contrary,  effective for Limitation  Years  beginning

                  after December 31, 1997,  elective  deferrals pursuant to

                  Code  sections 125 or 457 shall be included as Limitation

                  Year   Compensation.   Effective  for  Limitation   Years

                  beginning  after  December 31, 2000,  elective  deferrals

                  pursuant to Code section 132(f)(4) shall also be included

                  in Limitation Year Compensation. Effective for Limitation

                  Years  beginning  on  and  after  October  1,  1994,  the

                  applicable annual compensation limit becomes $150,000 and

                  adjustments  thereto  shall only be made in increments of

                  $10,000,  rounded  down to the next  lowest  multiple  of

                  $10,000,  in such manner as  determined  by Code  section

                  415(d) from time to time.  Effective for Limitation Years

                  beginning on and after  January 1, 2002,  the  applicable

                  annual    compensation   limit   becomes   $200,000   and

                  adjustments  thereto  shall only be made in increments of

                  $5,000  rounded  down  to the  next  lowest  multiple  of

                  $5,000,  in such  manner as  determined  by Code  section

                  415(d) from time to time.

 

 

 

 

 

                                 ARTICLE 8

                        INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS

         8.1  Investment  Funds.  The Trust Fund shall be  invested  by the

Trustee in such investment  funds as may be agreed upon, from time to time,

between the Trustee and the Sponsoring Company, as provided in Section 4 of

the trust agreement between the Sponsoring  Company and the Trustee,  dated

as of October 1, 1995 and as it may be amended  thereafter,  including  all

attachments and exhibits  appended  thereto,  all of which are incorporated

herein by reference  and made a part  hereof.,  Any  provision of the trust

agreement so  incorporated  that is in conflict with a provision  regarding

the investment  funds contained herein shall supercede and control over the

conflicting provision contained herein. Among the investment funds that the

Trustee and the Sponsoring Company may agree to make available for Members'

investment elections is the following:

         (a)      Fund  A -  Ashland  Common  Stock  Fund  shall  be a fund

                  consisting  of  common  stock of the  Sponsoring  Company

                  contributed  by one or more  Participating  Companies  or

                  purchased by the Trustee (i) on the open market;  (ii) by

                  the exercise of stock rights; (iii) through participation

                  in any dividend  reinvestment  program of the  Sponsoring

                  Company,  including any such program  which  involves the

                  direct issuance or sale of common stock by the Sponsoring

                  Company (if no commission is charged with respect to such

                  direct  issuance  or sale);  or (iv) from the  Sponsoring

                  Company  whether  in  treasury  stock or  authorized  but

                  unissued stock.  Stock purchased by the Trustee  pursuant

                  to  clause  (iii) of this  paragraph  (a) shall be valued

                  pursuant to such dividend  reinvestment program and shall

                  be  purchased  in  accordance  with all of the  terms and

                  conditions  of  such  program.  Stock  contributed  by  a

                  Participating   Company  or   purchased  by  the  Trustee

                  pursuant  to clause (iv) of this  paragraph  (a) shall be

                  valued at the closing price of such stock on the New York

                  Stock  Exchange   composite  tape  for  the  trading  day

                  immediately  preceding  the date on which  such  stock is

                  contributed or sold to the Plan; provided,  however, that

                  effective  on and after  April 1,  1996,  stock  acquired

                  pursuant  to clause (iv) of this  paragraph  (a) shall be

                  valued at the closing price of such stock on the New York

                  Stock  Exchange  at 4:00 PM for the date as of which such

                  stock is  contributed  or sold to the  Plan and  provided

                  further,  that any such stock so contributed  shall be in

                  whole  shares  only.  In no event shall a  commission  be

                  charged  with  respect to a purchase  pursuant  to clause

                  (iv).  The  Trustee  may,  to the  extent it is  mutually

                  agreed upon by the Trustee  and the  Sponsoring  Company,

                  maintain  a portion of the  investment  in Fund A in cash

                  and/or cash equivalents,  in accordance with the terms of

                  the trust  agreement,  for the purpose of fund  liquidity

                  and   to   accommodate   distributions.   Notwithstanding

                  anything in the Plan to the contrary,  effective  January

                  1, 2000,  if there is a stock  dividend of shares of Arch

                  Coal,  Inc.  paid with respect to amounts held in Fund A,

                  the Ashland Common Stock Fund, and on amounts held in the

                  Restricted  Company Match  Accounts,  such stock dividend

                  shall be allocated to an  investment  fund  maintained in

                  the  Plan,  which  may  be  a  separately  accounted  for

                  subdivision  of Fund A,  hereinafter  referred  to as the

                  Arch Coal  Investment  Fund,  to hold each  Member's  and

                  Beneficiary's allocable share of such stock dividend. The

                  terms of the Arch Coal  Investment  Fund  shall not allow

                  any Member or Beneficiary to transfer  additional amounts

                  thereto, but,  nevertheless,  shall provide that any cash

                  dividends paid on such stock dividend  allocated  thereto

                  be used to  acquire  additional  amounts  of such  stock.

                  Additionally,  Members and Beneficiaries having interests

                  invested in the Arch Coal  Investment  Fund shall be able

                  to direct the Trustee  regarding the voting of the shares

                  of stock  represented by the said  investment  therein in

                  the same  manner as  prescribed  in  Section  15.6 and in

                  Article 23 of the Plan.  Effective  January 1, 2003,  the

                  investments  in the  Restricted  Company  Match  Accounts

                  shall be merged into and become a part of this Fund A.

         8.2 Allocation of Contributions to Funds. A Member's contributions

made under Articles 5 and 6 of the Plan and the Member's allocable share of

the aggregate Participating Company contributions that are not allocated to

initial  investment in Fund A - Ashland Common Stock Fund under Section 7.1

of the  Plan  shall  be  invested  in one of more of the  investment  Funds

provided from time to time in the trust agreement, as elected by the Member

pursuant to Article 4 or as subsequently changed in accordance with Section

8.3. The amount so elected to be invested by a Member in a particular  Fund

cannot be less than 5% of the total of the contributions to be invested and

must otherwise be expressed in whole  percentage point  increments,  unless

otherwise   specified  under   administrative   rules  promulgated  by  the

Sponsoring  Company.  An account shall be established for each Member under

each  Fund to which  contributions  on  behalf  of such  Member  have  been

allocated and a separate account shall be established  under each such Fund

in respect of any salary  reduction  contributions  under  Article 6 of the

Plan.  Additionally,  each Member's contributions  allocated to his Account

before 1987 which consisted of after-tax contributions of such Member shall

be separately accounted for. Effective January 1, 2000, the income,  gains,

losses and dividends  payable on any stock dividends paid in shares of Arch

Coal, Inc. with respect to Members' and  Beneficiaries'  holdings in Fund A

and in the  Restricted  Company Match  Accounts  which are allocated to the

Arch Coal Investment Fund interests of such Members and  Beneficiaries,  as

described in Section 8.1(a) of the Plan,  shall  automatically be allocated

to the  Arch  Coal  Investment  Fund  interests  of all  such  Members  and

Beneficiaries,  with  the  amount  of  any  such  dividends  reinvested  in

additional  shares of Arch  Coal,  Inc.  stock.  The  reinvestment  of such

dividends  payable on the Arch Coal, Inc. stock  investments shall occur at

such time and in such manner as determined by the Trustee.

         8.3 Change in Investment Options. A Member may elect to change his

investment  option or options for future  contributions  by following  such

administrative  procedures as may be prescribed by the Sponsoring  Company,

from time to time,  and any such change shall be effective  with respect to

the  first  paycheck  for such  Member  issued  for the  first  pay  period

beginning after the Sponsoring Company records such change. While a portion

of the Participating  Company contribution made with respect to a Member is

initially  invested in Fund A - Ashland  Common Stock Fund as prescribed in

Section 7.1 of the Plan,  the Member may elect to change the  investment of

such  contribution  at any time after the  allocation of it to the Fund A -

Ashland  Common  Stock  Fund.  Notwithstanding  anything in the Plan to the

contrary,  no  Member  may  elect  to have  any  portion  of such  Member's

contributions or the Participating  Company contributions made on behalf of

such Member allocated to the Member's  investment (if any) in the Arch Coal

Investment Fund.

         8.4   Transfer   Between   Investment   Funds.   Subject  to  such

administrative  procedures as may be prescribed by the Sponsoring  Company,

from time to time,  and subject to any  requirements  regarding the minimum

amount  that a Member  may be able to  direct  to be  transferred  from one

investment Fund to another as may be prescribed,  from time to time, by the

Sponsoring Company and the Trustee, a Member may elect to transfer all or a

portion  of his  Account  and Tax  Deferred  Account  invested  in any Fund

available  under  the  trust  agreement  to or among any one or more of the

other such Funds by following such  administrative  procedures for the same

as  may be  prescribed  by the  Sponsoring  Company,  from  time  to  time,

generally to be  effective no later than the end of the next day  following

the day on which such investment transfer is recorded on the records of the

Trustee and on which the New York Stock  Exchange is open.  Notwithstanding

anything in the Plan to the contrary, no Member or Beneficiary may elect to

have any portion of such person's other investments in the Plan transferred

to such  person's  investment  (if any) in the Arch Coal  Investment  Fund.

Nevertheless,  Members and  Beneficiaries may elect to have their interests

in the Arch Coal Investment Fund transferred to other available  investment

options  under  the  Plan  on the  same  terms  and  conditions  that  such

investment  transfers  may be made among  other  investment  options in the

Plan.

         8.5      Trustee to Trustee Transfers.

         (a)      PAYSOP Termination. In connection with the termination of

                  the portion of the Ashland Inc. PAYSOP, effective January

                  31,  1991,  the Plan shall  accept  direct  transfers  of

                  shares  of common  stock of the  Sponsoring  Company  for

                  investment in Fund A hereunder,  valued as of the date of

                  such  transfer  under the  rules  applicable  under  such

                  PAYSOP,  with  respect to  Employees  who are eligible to

                  participate in the Plan. Except for purposes of the rules

                  for  determining  the  amount of and the  limitations  on

                  Participating  Company contributions under Articles 7 and

                  24 of the Plan, such direct  transfers of shares shall be

                  treated  in the  same  manner  as  Participating  Company

                  contributions  made  to  the  Plan  with  respect  to  an

                  Employee.

         (b)      LESOP  Diversification.  In connection with the making of

                  investment  directions  under  Section 7.5 of the Ashland

                  Inc.  Leveraged  Employee Stock  Ownership Plan, the Plan

                  shall accept  direct  transfers of shares of common stock

                  of  the  Sponsoring  Company  for  investment  in  Fund A

                  hereunder,  and  for  allocation  to the  Account  of the

                  Member who directed that such transfer be made, valued as

                  of the date of such transfer  under the rules  applicable

                  under such plan.  Except  for  purposes  of the rules for

                  determining   the  amount  of  and  the   limitations  on

                  Participating  Company contributions under Articles 7 and

                  24 of the Plan, such direct  transfers of shares shall be

                  treated  in the  same  manner  as  Participating  Company

                  contributions  made to the Plan with  respect to a Member

                  and allocated to such Member's Account.

         (c)      Subject   to   the    satisfaction   of   the   following

                  requirements,  a Member may make a voluntary and informed

                  election directing that his entire vested Account and Tax

                  Deferred Account be transferred directly from the Trustee

                  of this Plan to the trustee of another plan  ("transferee

                  plan") which is  qualified  under  Section  401(a) of the

                  Code.  The  requirements  which must be satisfied  are as

                  follows:

                                    (i)     The   Member   shall  have  the

                                            option to allow his Account and

                                            Tax Deferred  Account to remain

                                            in this  Plan  for the  maximum

                                            period  of time  allowed  under

                                            Sections  13.1  and 16.1 of the

                                            Plan.

                                    (ii)    The  Account  and Tax  Deferred

                                            Account,  when  transferred  to

                                            the  transferee  plan,  must be

                                            fully  vested  thereunder  and,

                                            immediately      after     such

                                            transfer,   the  Member   would

                                            receive  from  the   transferee

                                            plan, on a termination basis, a

                                            benefit  therefrom  which is at

                                            least  equal to the  benefit to

                                            which   he  would   have   been

                                            entitled,   on  a   termination

                                            basis,     from    this    Plan

                                            immediately     before     such

                                            transfer, within the meaning of

                                            the   provisions   of   Section

                                            414(1) of the Code.

                                    (iii)   The  transfer  of the  Member's

                                            Account   and   Tax    Deferred

                                            Account   shall   be  in  cash,

                                            except to the extent the Member

                                            would be  entitled to receive a

                                            distribution  in  kind.  To the

                                            extent  that  a  Member  is  so

                                            entitled     to    receive    a

                                            distribution   in   kind,   the

                                            Member  may  direct   that  the

                                            transfer   be  made  in   kind,

                                            except   to  the   extent   the

                                            transferee plan will not accept

                                            the   transfer  in  kind.   The

                                            amount   of  cash  or  in  kind

                                            assets   transferred  shall  be

                                            determined  in the same  manner

                                            as any other distribution under

                                            the Plan.

                                    (iv)    The Member  shall  otherwise be

                                            entitled   to  a   distribution

                                            pursuant to the  provisions  of

                                            Article 11 and Article 13.

                                    (v)     The   Member    provides   such

                                            evidence  from  the  transferee

                                            plan to the Plan Administrator,

                                            as   prescribed   by  the  Plan

                                            Administrator,     which     is

                                            sufficient to demonstrate  that

                                            the    transferee    plan    is

                                            qualified  under Section 401(a)

                                            of the Code,  that the terms of

                                            the transferee plan allow it to

                                            accept  such a transfer  in the

                                            form in  which  it will be made

                                            as   prescribed   under   (iii)

                                            above,  and that the transferee

                                            plan   meets   the   applicable

                                            provisions of (ii) above.

         8.6      Loans.

         (a)      Eligibility.  Any Member who is an  Employee  paid on the

                  payroll  system of the Sponsoring  Company or,  effective

                  January  1, 2001,  any Member  whether or not paid on the

                  payroll  system  of the  Sponsoring  Company  (including,

                  among others,  former Employees,  but excluding alternate

                  payees under approved qualified domestic relations orders

                  and  beneficiaries  of deceased  Members) may apply for a

                  loan  from  his Tax  Deferred  Account  and his  Account,

                  subject  to  the  terms,   conditions   and   limitations

                  prescribed  in this  Section 8.6 of the Plan and those on

                  any loan  agreement  or  promissory  note  signed by such

                  Member.  Any such Member who is  eligible  for a loan may

                  apply for a loan by contacting  the Trustee in the manner

                  prescribed by the Sponsoring Company,  from time to time.

                  A Member to whom a loan is made  automatically  agrees to

                  be bound by all the terms and conditions  associated with

                  such  loan  by  receiving,   accepting,   cashing  and/or

                  depositing  the  check   representing  the  loan  amount,

                  including any loan agreement and/or  promissory note, the

                  provisions of which were on or sent in  association  with

                  such check.

         (b)      Conditions.  Loans  under (a) above shall meet all of the

                  following requirements:

                  (1)      such loans shall be available to Members who are

                           parties in interest (as defined in ERISA Section

                           3(14)(H))  on  a  reasonably  equivalent  basis,

                           provided,  however,  any such  Member  to whom a

                           loan  is  made  must  satisfy  the   eligibility

                           requirements identified in paragraph (a) of this

                           Section 8.6;

                  (2)      such  loans  shall  not  be  made  available  to

                           Members who are highly compensated employees (as

                           defined  in Code  Section  414(q))  in an amount

                           greater than the amount made  available to other

                           Members;  provided,  however,  that the Plan may

                           lend the same  percentage  of a person's  vested

                           benefits  to  Members  with both large and small

                           amounts of vested benefits;

                  (3)      such  loans  shall  be made in  accordance  with

                           definite plans for repayment;

                  (4)      such  loans  shall  bear a  reasonable  rate  of

                           interest  which shall be equal to the prime rate

                           of interest,  as  determined  by the  Sponsoring

                           Company or the Trustee,  for the calendar  month

                           preceding  the  calendar  month during which the

                           loan is made plus one percentage  point and such

                           rate of interest shall be compounded monthly;

                  (5)      such  loans  shall  not be made in an  amount of

                           less than  $1,000 and no more than two loans for

                           an  eligible  Member may be  outstanding  at one

                           time;

                  (6)      such loans shall be subject to an initiation fee

                           upon  approval  and  an  annual  processing  fee

                           charged against the Tax Deferred  Account and/or

                           Account   of   the   Member   as   an   expense,

                           additionally,  for loans made  after  January 1,

                           1998, if determined by the Sponsoring Company to

                           be  reasonably  required,  such  loans  shall be

                           subject to any applicable  tax, fee,  collection

                           or  other   pecuniary   charge  imposed  by  any

                           federal,  state or local  government or division

                           thereof  and it shall be  collected  from either

                           the  amount  of the  loan or from  the  Member's

                           Account or Tax Deferred Account;

                  (7)      Members to whom such loans are made shall  agree

                           to  repay   such   loans  by  means  of  payroll

                           deductions;   and

                  (8)      such  loans  shall be  adequately  secured by an

                           assignment  of  50%  of  a  borrowing   Member's

                           nonforfeitable  benefits  in  his  Tax  Deferred

                           Account  and Account  under the Plan;  provided,

                           however, in the event of default, foreclosure on

                           the note and  attachment  of  security  will not

                           occur until a  distributable  event occurs under

                           the Plan.

         (c)      Limitation  on Amount.  A loan under the Plan (when added

                  to other loans  outstanding  under the Plan and any other

                  plans taken into account under Section 72(p)(2)(C) of the

                  Code) to a Member shall not exceed the lesser of:

                  (1)      $50,000  reduced by the  difference  between the

                           Member's highest  outstanding loan balance under

                           the Plan during the  one-year  period  ending on

                           the  date  the  loan  is made  and the  Member's

                           outstanding  loan balance  under the Plan on the

                           date the loan is made; or

                  (2)      50%  of  the   nonforfeitable   portion  of  the

                           Member's Tax Deferred  Account and Account.

         (d)      Repayments.

                  (1)      Period to Repay.  Each loan under  this  Section

                           8.6 must be repaid within five years of the date

                           it is made.

                  (2)      Method  of   Repayment.   Except  as   otherwise

                           allowed, a Member's repayment of a loan shall be

                           made by means of  payroll  deductions  providing

                           for   substantially   level   amortization  with

                           payments     not    less     than     quarterly.

                           Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  a  Member  may

                           pre-pay the total outstanding  balance of a loan

                           by delivering a money order,  cashier's check or

                           certified check in the amount of such balance in

                           such manner as may be  prescribed,  from time to

                           time, by the Sponsoring  Company.  A Member with

                           one  or  more  loans   outstanding   who,  after

                           December 31, 1997, ceases to be paid through the

                           payroll system of the  Sponsoring  Company shall

                           be  permitted  to continue to repay such loan or

                           loans by  personal  check or by such other means

                           as may be authorized by the Sponsoring  Company,

                           from time to time. The Sponsoring Company shall,

                           in consultation  with the Trustee,  from time to

                           time,  prescribe such  procedures to accommodate

                           repayments of  outstanding  loans by Members who

                           cease to be covered by the Sponsoring  Company's

                           payroll  and by such  Members  who  subsequently

                           again become covered by the Sponsoring Company's

                           payroll,   as  may  be  deemed   convenient   or

                           appropriate.  Effective  January  1,  2001,  any

                           Member eligible to obtain a loan under paragraph

                           (a) of this  Section  8.6 and who is not paid on

                           the  payroll  system or the  Sponsoring  Company

                           shall repay any loan hereunder by personal check

                           or by such other means as may be  authorized  by

                           the  Sponsoring  Company,  from time to time. If

                           such  a  Member  later  becomes  covered  by the

                           payroll  system of the Sponsoring  Company,  the

                           Sponsoring  Company shall, in consultation  with

                           the  Trustee,   from  time  to  time,  prescribe

                           procedures to accommodate repayments under these

                           circumstances.

                  (3)      Grace Period.  In the event that an  installment

                           to repay  the  loan is  missed,  the  Sponsoring

                           Company may apply a grace period to allow Member

                           to repay the outstanding loan by the last day of

                           the calendar  quarter after the calendar quarter

                           in which the required installment was due.

                  (4)      Suspensions.

                           i.       Leaves.     Notwithstanding    anything

                                    contained  herein to the contrary,  and

                                    subject  to  the   discretion   of  the

                                    Sponsoring  Company,  in  the  event  a

                                    Member  to whom a loan  has  been  made

                                    goes on an  approved  leave of  absence

                                    without pay, the  installment  payments

                                    otherwise due to repay such loan may be

                                    suspended  for a  period  of up to  one

                                    year;  provided,   however,  that  such

                                    suspension   shall   not   extend   the

                                    five-year period within which such loan

                                    must  otherwise  be repaid and provided

                                    further,     that     any     remaining

                                    installments  upon such Member's return

                                    to  active,   paid  employment  on  the

                                    payroll   system   of  the   Sponsoring

                                    Company shall be appropriately adjusted

                                    to take into account the period  during

                                    which installment payments were missed.

                           ii.      Military    Leaves.     Notwithstanding

                                    anything   contained   herein   to  the

                                    contrary, in the event a Member to whom

                                    a loan has been made goes on a military

                                    leave of absence of the kind  described

                                    in Code  section  414(u)  for more than

                                    two  weeks,  the  installment  payments

                                    otherwise due to repay such loan may be

                                    suspended for the period of such leave.

                                    Interest   shall   continue  to  accrue

                                    during  the time such  loan  repayments

                                    are  suspended  at the  lesser of 6% or

                                    the rate that otherwise  applied to the

                                    loan. Upon return to employment  within

                                    the   time    required    to   preserve

                                    reemployment  rights under  Federal law

                                    the loan will be  re-amortized  over an

                                    extended  period.  The extended  period

                                    shall  equal  the term of the  original

                                    loan  and the  period  of the  military

                                    leave.  The amount of the  re-amortized

                                    periodic loan  repayments  shall not be

                                    less than the  amount  of the  periodic

                                    payments   that  were  due  before  the

                                    military leave.

         (e)      Default. Unless otherwise provided under this Section 8.6

                  or under  law, a Member to whom a loan is made under this

                  Section  8.6 shall be  considered  to be in default  with

                  regard  to the  repayment  of such  loan if,  at any time

                  while the loan is outstanding,  the Member ceases to meet

                  the eligibility  requirements  for a loan under paragraph

                  (a) of  this  Section  8.6.  Except  to the  extent  that

                  sub-paragraphs  (3)  and  (4) of  paragraph  (d) of  this

                  Section 8.6 may apply to such Member, upon a default, the

                  outstanding  balance  of the  loan  will  become  due and

                  payable  which may result in a deemed  distribution  or a

                  distribution  of an offset  amount  with  respect  to the

                  Member   under   applicable    Department   of   Treasury

                  regulations.

 

 

 

 

 

                                 ARTICLE 9

                          VALUATION OF TRUST FUND

 

         The  Trustee  shall  value  each  investment  Fund under the trust

agreement  at  fair  market  value  as of the  close  of  business  on each

Valuation  Date.  In making such  valuation,  the Trustee  shall deduct all

charges,  expenses and other liabilities,  if any, contingent or otherwise,

then  chargeable  against each such Fund, in order to give effect to income

realized and expenses paid or incurred,  losses  sustained  and  unrealized

gains or losses  constituting  appreciation or depreciation in the value of

Trust investments in each such Fund since the last previous valuation.  The

Trustee shall deliver to the  Sponsoring  Company a certified  valuation of

each such  investment  Fund  together with a statement of the amount of net

income or loss  (including  appreciation  or  depreciation  in the value of

Trust  investments  in each such  Fund) in such  manner and at such time or

times as may be prescribed in the trust  agreement  between the  Sponsoring

Company and the Trustee.

 

 

 

 

 

                                 ARTICLE 10

                             SEPARATE ACCOUNTS

         10.1 Separate  Accounts.  Separate  accounts under each investment

Fund  shall be  maintained  under  the Plan for  each  Member.  The  amount

contributed  by or on behalf of a Member or  allocated to such Member shall

be credited to his  Account or his Tax  Deferred  Account in the manner set

forth in  Articles  5, 6, 7 and 8 of the Plan.  No amounts  allocated  to a

Member's  Account  shall  be  reallocated  to such  Member's  Tax  Deferred

Account, and, except as otherwise allowed by Section 6.3 of the Plan and/or

law,  regulation or ruling,  no amount allocated to a Member's Tax Deferred

Account shall be  reallocated to such Member's  Account.  All payments from

the Plan to a Member or his Beneficiary  shall be charged (i) first against

the Account of such Member,  starting with any after-tax  contributions the

Member made prior to 1987,  exclusive of earnings allocable thereto, to the

extent such  contributions  still  remain in the  Member's  Account,  until

exhausted,  and then (ii) against the remainder of the Account,  consisting

first  of any  other  Member  after-tax  contributions  and  second  of the

Participating  Company  contributions,  and then  charged  against  his Tax

Deferred  Account,  including all allocable  earnings.  Except as otherwise

provided in the Plan, each Member has a nonforfeitable  right to amounts in

his Account and Tax Deferred Account.

         10.2 Accounts of Members  Transferred to an Affiliated Company. If

a  Member  is  transferred  to  an  Affiliated   Company  which  is  not  a

Participating  Company, the amount credited to his Account and Tax Deferred

Account  shall  continue  to  share  in the  earnings  or  losses  of  each

investment  Fund for which such Member has an account(s)  and such Member's

rights and obligations with respect to his Account and Tax Deferred Account

shall continue to be governed by the provisions of the Plan and Trust.

         10.3 Adjustment of Members'  Accounts.  Pursuant to and consistent

with the trust  agreement  between the Sponsoring  Company and the Trustee,

the Account and Tax  Deferred  Account of each Member  shall be adjusted so

that the amount of net income,  loss,  appreciation  or depreciation in the

value of each  investment  Fund for which such Member has an account(s) for

the period  (hereinafter  referred to as the  "Valuation  Period") from the

last  previous  Valuation  Date  to the  Valuation  Date  as of  which  the

valuation is being  conducted  shall be credited to or charged  against the

Member's  Fund  accounts  in the ratio  that (i) the  balance  in each Fund

account of each Member as of the first day of such  Valuation  Period minus

the amount  distributable to such Member from such Fund account during such

Valuation Period bears to (ii) the balance in all such Members' accounts as

of the  first  day  of  such  Valuation  Period  minus  the  total  amounts

distributable  to all such Members from all such Fund accounts  during such

Valuation Period.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                 ARTICLE 11

 

                     TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS

 

         If a Member incurs a Termination  of  Employment,  such Member (or

Beneficiary  in the case of the death of a  Member)  shall be  entitled  to

receive a benefit equal to the total amount in the Member's Account and Tax

Deferred Account as determined in accordance with the provisions of Section

13.2 of the  Plan.  Such  benefit  shall  be paid in a  single  lump sum or

otherwise in accordance with one of the forms of payment  available to such

Member or  Beneficiary  as set  forth in  Section  13.3 of the  Plan.  Such

benefit  may also be  payable  in kind,  to the extent  that  Section  13.4

applies.  Notwithstanding  anything  in the  Plan to the  contrary  and for

distributions  before  January  1, 2002,  if the  Member's  Termination  of

Employment is due to a substantial sale of assets or stock, as described in

Section  2.1  (ae)(i)  and (ii) of the Plan,  and if such  Member has a Tax

Deferred Account at the time of such  Termination of Employment,  then such

distribution  must be made as a lump sum  distribution,  as defined in Code

Section 401(k)(10)(B), or any successor thereto.

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                 ARTICLE 12

 

               WITHDRAWALS PRIOR TO TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

 

         12.1 In-Service  Withdrawals.  As of any Valuation Date prior to a

Member's  Termination  of  Employment,  such  Member  shall be  entitled to

withdraw  all or any  part  of  his  Account,  reduced  by  the  amount  of

Participating  Company  contributions  and  earnings on such  contributions

allocated to such Member's  Account  during the 24-month  period  preceding

such  Member's  withdrawal.  Withdrawal by a Member under this Section 12.1

shall only be allowed once during any 12-month period.  Withdrawals paid to

Members shall first consist of such Member's  after-tax  contributions made

before  1987 and still  remaining  in his  Account,  exclusive  of earnings

allocable thereto. After such amounts are completely exhausted, withdrawals

shall come from  after-tax  contributions  made after  1986,  Participating

Company   contributions   and  the   earnings   allocable   to  both   such

contributions.  A Member may elect a withdrawal  under this Section 12.1 by

contacting  the  Trustee  in  such  manner  as  may  be  prescribed  by the

Sponsoring Company, from time to time.  Withdrawals made under this Section

12.1 are  payable as a single  sum,  in cash or in kind,  as allowed  under

Section  13.4  of the  Plan.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary,

consistent  with Section  1.1(c),  amounts  attributable  to  Participating

Company  contributions  under Article 7 and allocated to a Member's Account

after  December  31,1998  and  amounts  attributable  to what  had been the

Member's  Restricted  Company  Match Account  shall be  distributable  to a

Member upon such Member's proper election before  Termination of Employment

on or after  such  Member  attains  age 59 1/2,  reduced  by the  amount of

Participating  Company  contributions  and  earnings on such  contributions

allocated to such Member's  Account  during the 24-month  period  preceding

such Member's withdrawal.

         12.2 In-Service Withdrawals of the Tax Deferred Account. As of any

Valuation  Date on or after a Member  attains  age 59 1/2 and prior to such

Member's  Termination  of  Employment,  such  Member  shall be  entitled to

withdraw all or any part of his Tax Deferred  Account;  provided,  however,

that in connection with such withdrawal,  such Member also withdraws all of

his Account,  reduced by the amount of Participating  Company contributions

and  earnings on such  contributions  allocated  to such  Member's  Account

during the 24-month period preceding such Member's withdrawal.  Withdrawals

by a Member  under this  Section 12.2 shall only be allowed once during any

12-month  period.  Withdrawals  paid to Members shall first consist of such

Member's  after-tax  contributions  made before 1987 and still remaining in

his  Account,  exclusive of earnings  allocable  thereto,  and,  after such

amounts are completely exhausted, withdrawals under this Section 12.2 shall

come from after-tax  contributions made after 1986,  Participating  Company

contributions and, finally, Member contributions allocated to such Member's

Tax  Deferred  Account,  including  the  earnings  allocable  to  all  such

contributions.  A Member may elect a withdrawal  under this Section 12.2 by

contacting  the  Trustee  in  such  manner  as  may  be  prescribed  by the

Sponsoring Company, from time to time.  Withdrawals under this Section 12.2

are payable as a single sum, in cash or in kind,  as allowed  under Section

13.4 of the Plan..

         12.3     Hardship Withdrawal.

         (a)      A Member may apply for a withdrawal  as of any  Valuation

                  Date on account of hardship  (as  hereinafter  defined in

                  this  Section  12.3) of all or a part of the value of his

                  Tax  Deferred  Account that is equal to the amount of his

                  Tax Deferred  Account as of December 31, 1988 plus salary

                  reduction  contributions  allocated to such Account after

                  such  date,   less  the  amount  of   previous   hardship

                  withdrawals  hereunder by filing such application in such

                  form and manner and at such time (prior to the  Valuation

                  Date  as  of  which  such  hardship  withdrawal  is to be

                  effective)  as the  Sponsoring  Company  may from time to

                  time prescribe.  An application for a hardship withdrawal

                  under this Section 12.3 may be submitted only by a Member

                  who has no balance in his Account or is  withdrawing  the

                  entire amount which he is eligible to withdraw  under the

                  provisions  of  Section  12.1  in  conjunction  with  his

                  application  for a  hardship  withdrawal.  Payment  of an

                  amount withdrawn under this Section 12.3 shall be made in

                  a lump sum, in cash,  as soon as  reasonably  practicable

                  after the date on which such  withdrawal  is  approved by

                  the Sponsoring Company. That portion of such Member's Tax

                  Deferred  Account not withdrawn  pursuant to this Section

                  12.3  shall  remain  in the Trust  Fund in such  Member's

                  investment  Fund  accounts  allocated to his Tax Deferred

                  Account.

         (b)      For  purposes of this  Section  12.3,  hardship  shall be

                  determined  in the sole  discretion  and  judgment of the

                  Sponsoring  Company  in a uniform  and  nondiscriminatory

                  manner  and shall be deemed to exist,  on the basis of an

                  objective    analysis   of   the   relevant   facts   and

                  circumstances, only in the case of an immediate and heavy

                  financial  need of the  Member.  An  immediate  and heavy

                  financial  need of the Member  will be deemed to exist if

                  the application for withdrawal is on account of:

                           (i)      medical  expenses  described in Section

                                    213(d)  of  the  Code  incurred  by the

                                    Member,  the  Member's  Spouse,  or any

                                    dependents of the Member (as defined in

                                    Code Section 152);

                           (ii)     the   purchase    (excluding   mortgage

                                    payments) of a principal  residence for

                                    the   Member;

                           (iii)    the  payment of tuition for the next 12

                                    months of post-secondary  education for

                                    the Member, Member's spouse or Member's

                                    children or dependents;

                           (iv)     payments  necessary to prevent eviction

                                    from the Member's  principal  residence

                                    or the  foreclosure  of the mortgage on

                                    that residence;

                           (v)      other  events  which are adopted by the

                                    Sponsoring Company and which are deemed

                                    immediate and heavy  financial needs by

                                    the  Commissioner  of Internal  Revenue

                                    through  the   publication  of  revenue

                                    rulings,  notices,  and other documents

                                    of general applicability; or

                           (vi)     any  other  set of  relevant  facts and

                                    circumstances   which,   in  the   sole

                                    discretion of the  Sponsoring  Company,

                                    based upon an objective analysis of the

                                    particular  facts  and   circumstances,

                                    constitutes   an  immediate  and  heavy

                                    financial need.

                  In no event shall an amount  withdrawn under this Section

         12.3 exceed the amount required to relieve the immediate financial

         need  created  by  the  hardship  or  which  would  be  reasonably

         available  (as  determined by the  Sponsoring  Company) from other

         resources of the Member.  However, the amount withdrawn under this

         Section 12.3 may include the amount  reasonably  anticipated to be

         necessary to pay any local,  state,  or federal taxes or penalties

         resulting  from  such  distribution.  To  satisfy  the  Sponsoring

         Company that the amount to be withdrawn under this Section 12.3 is

         necessary to satisfy the  immediate  financial  need,  each Member

         applying for a withdrawal  under this Section 12.3 shall swear out

         a statement  before a notary  public  representing  that such need

         cannot be relieved:

                           (A)      through  reimbursement  or compensation

                                    by insurance or otherwise;

                           (B)      by   reasonable   liquidation   of  the

                                    Member's  assets,  to the  extent  such

                                    liquidation  would not itself  cause an

                                    immediate and heavy financial need;

                           (C)      by cessation of elective  contributions

                                    or  employee  contributions  under  the

                                    Plan; or

                           (D)      by other  distributions  or  nontaxable

                                    (at the time of the  loan)  loans  from

                                    plans   maintained  by  the  Sponsoring

                                    Company or by any other employer, or by

                                    borrowing  from  commercial  sources on

                                    reasonable commercial terms.

                           So long as the  person  who  reviews  the  sworn

                           representation  of  the  Member  applying  for a

                           hardship distribution has no actual knowledge of

                           facts contrary to such Member's  representation,

                           the Sponsoring  Company shall be able to rely on

                           such   representation  in  making  the  hardship

                           distribution under this Section 12.3.

         12.4  Repayment  of  Withdrawn  Amounts  Prohibited.  Repayment of

amounts withdrawn by a Member or Beneficiary  pursuant to the provisions of

Article 11 or Article 12 of the Plan, are not permitted.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                 ARTICLE 13

                            PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

13.1     Required Distributions.

(a)      Effective  Date. The provisions of this Section 13.1 are effective

         for distributions after December 31, 2002.

(b)      Precedence.  The  requirements  of this  Section  13.1  will  take

         precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan.

(c)      Incorporation.  Distributions  that are  required by this  Section

         13.1  are made in  accordance  with the  requirements  of  section

         401(a)(9)  of the  Code  and  the  regulations  thereunder.  Those

         regulations,  as they now  exist and as they may be  amended,  are

         incorporated  herein by  reference  and made a part  hereof to the

         extent such requirements are not otherwise  specifically set forth

         in the  Plan  and to  the  extent  such  requirements  are  not in

         conflict  with any  legally  permissible  provision  of the  Plan.

         Optional   provisions   allowed  by  those  regulations  that  are

         available under the Plan are specified herein.

(d)      Lifetime  Distribution  Periods.  Distributions to a Member during

         the  Member's  life  shall  commence  no later  than the  Member's

         required  beginning date specified in (e)(2) of this Section 13.1.

         Such distributions  shall, as of the first  distribution  calendar

         year, if not made in a single sum to the Member,  be made over any

         of the  following  periods  (or any  combination  thereof):

         (1)      a period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy

                  of the Member;

         (2)      a period certain not extending  beyond the joint life and

                  last  survivor  expectancy of the Member and the Member's

                  designated beneficiary.

         For  purposes  of  this  Section   13.1,  a  Member's   designated

         beneficiary  shall be the  Beneficiary  designated  by the  Member

         under the Plan.  The  distribution  periods in (1) and (2) of this

         paragraph  (b) cannot  exceed the period  allowed for  installment

         payments in Section 13.3(a) of the Plan.

(e)      Latest  Date of Payment.  Notwithstanding  anything in the Plan to

         the  contrary,  the payment of a Member's  benefit shall begin not

         later than the earlier of:

         (1)      The 60th day  after  the  later of the  close of the Plan

                  Year in which the Member -

                  (A)      reaches age 65,

                  (B)      completes the 10th  anniversary of participation

                           in the Plan, or

                  (C)      terminates   service   with  the   Participating

                           Company and all Affiliated Companies; or

         (2) The Member's  required  beginning date,  which is the later of

         (i) April 1 of the calendar  year  following  the calendar year in

         which  the  Member  attains  age  70 1/2 or  (ii)  April  1 of the

         calendar year after the Member terminates employment.  Clause (ii)

         shall not apply with  respect  to a Member  that is a 5% owner (as

         defined  in Code  section  416)  for the Plan  Year in which  such

         Member attains 70 1/2.

(f)      Life  Expectancy.  For  purposes of this  Section  13.1,  the life

         expectancy  of an  individual  shall be based upon the  applicable

         table in Treas.  Reg.  ss.1.401(a)(9)-9  using  such  individual's

         birthday in the calendar year in which the  determination  of life

         expectancy is being made. Minimum distributions under this Section

         13.1 to a  Member  during  the  Member's  life  and to a  Member's

         surviving  spouse will be based on a recalculation  of Member's or

         surviving spouse's life expectancy  (whichever is applicable).  In

         all other events,  the applicable  life expectancy will be reduced

         by one for each subsequent year in a distribution period.

(g)      Death Distribution Periods.

         (1) Commencement.  In the event a Member dies before distributions

         begin under  Section 13.2 of the Plan,  the death benefit (if any)

         which is payable  shall  commence  pursuant  to  whichever  of the

         following applies:

                  (A) In the event such  benefit is payable to a designated

                  beneficiary  who is not such Member's  surviving  spouse,

                  such distribution shall commence on or before December 31

                  of the calendar year following the calendar year in which

                  the Member died.

                  (B) In the  event  that  such  benefit  is  payable  to a

                  designated  beneficiary  who is such  Member's  surviving

                  spouse,  such distribution shall commence as of the later

                  of the date prescribed  under (A) above or December 31 of

                  the calendar year in which the Member would have attained

                  age 70 1/2.

                  (C) In the event there is no designated  beneficiary,  or

                  if   distributions   will  not  be  made  over  the  life

                  expectancy  of  the  designated  beneficiary,   then  the

                  distribution  of  such  benefit  must  be  commenced  and

                  completed by December 31 of the calendar year  containing

                  the fifth anniversary of such Member's death.

         (2)  Periods.  Death  benefits  (if any)  under the Plan which are

         distributable shall be distributed over whichever of the following

         periods are applicable:

                  (A)  over  a  period   certain  not  greater   than  such

                  beneficiary's life expectancy;

                  (B) over a period  ending on December 31 of the  calendar

                  year  containing  the fifth  anniversary  of the Member's

                  death; or

                  (C) if  there  are  death  benefits  distributable  after

                  lifetime  distributions  to the  Member  commenced,  such

                  benefits  shall be  distributed  at least as  rapidly  as

                  under the method of distribution  being used prior to the

                  Member's death.

         The distribution periods in (A), (B) and (C) of this sub-paragraph

         (2) cannot exceed the period allowed for  installment  payments in

         Section 13.3(a) of the Plan.

(h)      Death of  Spouse.  For  purposes  of (g) above,  if the  surviving

         spouse  dies  before  payments  to such  spouse  begin,  then  the

         provisions of (g)(1)(B) and (g)(2)(A) above shall apply as if such

         spouse were the Member.

(i)      Method  of  Compliance.  To  comply  with the  provisions  of this

         Section 13.1,  distributions to a Member shall begin no later than

         the Member's required beginning date under Section 13.1(c)(2). The

         payment that is made by the required  beginning date is on account

         of the preceding  calendar year,  which is the first  distribution

         calendar  year.   Distributions   that  are  made  on  account  of

         subsequent distribution calendar years shall be made no later than

         December 31 of the  applicable  distribution  calendar  year.  The

         amount of each such distribution  shall be based upon the value of

         the  Member's  Account  and Tax  Deferred  Account  as of the last

         Valuation  Date in the calendar year  immediately  preceding  each

         distribution  calendar year,  increased by any allocations thereto

         after such Valuation Date and decreased by any distributions  made

         after such Valuation Date that occurred in such year of valuation.

         The amount of each such  distribution  shall be  determined by the

         quotient  obtained by dividing the Accounts so  determined  by the

         Member's  life   expectancy  or  the  Member's  and  the  Member's

         designated  beneficiary's (if any) life expectancy,  as determined

         under paragraph (f) of this Section 13.1.  Distributions  of death

         benefits  shall comply with the provisions of this Section 13.1 by

         being distributed under the other relevant provisions this Article

         13, provided that such  distributions are not made at a later time

         or over a longer period of time than is allowed under this Section

         13.1. The distribution of any excess deferral, excess contribution

         or excess  aggregate  contribution  pursuant to the  provisions of

         Sections 6.1, 6.3 or 5.3 shall not act to reduce the amount of the

         distribution   otherwise   required   under  this  Section   13.1.

         Distributions  made under this paragraph (g) of Section 13.1 shall

         be made first from the portion of a Member's Account consisting of

         such Member's after-tax  contributions made before 1987, exclusive

         of any earnings allocable thereto,  to the extent that such Member

         has such contributions  remaining in his Account, until exhausted,

         with any additional distributions to come first from such Member's

         remaining  after-tax  contributions in his Account,  such Member's

         contributions  that were  allocable to his Tax  Deferred  Account,

         Participating  Company contributions in such Member's Account, and

         finally, the Participating  Company contributions in such Member's

         Restricted  Company Match Account and the earning allocable to all

         these types of contributions.

         13.2     Termination of Employment Benefits.

         (a)      General.  The  Sponsoring  Company shall cause to be made

                  distribution  of the benefits  payable to a Member or his

                  Beneficiary  (in the event of the  Member's  death)  upon

                  Termination of  Employment,  based upon the value of such

                  Member's  Account  and  Tax  Deferred  Account  as of the

                  Valuation Date coincident  with or immediately  following

                  the  later  of  (i)  the  date  on  which  such  Member's

                  Termination  of  Employment  occurs  or (ii)  the date on

                  which the Member  files a claim for such  benefits  under

                  such  administrative  procedures  as may be prescribed by

                  the Sponsoring Company, from time to time.  Distributions

                  under this Article 13 shall first be charged  against the

                  remaining after-tax contributions in the Member's Account

                  that were made prior to 1987,  exclusive  to any earnings

                  allocable thereto,  and then charged against such sources

                  as prescribed under Section 10.1 of the Plan.

         (b)      Consent. If the value of a Member's Account, Tax Deferred

                  Account and  Restricted  Company  Match  Account  exceeds

                  $5,000  at the time when such  Member  is  entitled  to a

                  distribution  under paragraph (a) of this Section 13.2 of

                  the Plan, then no part of such benefit may be distributed

                  to him prior to his  attainment of 65, unless he consents

                  to the distribution within the 90-day period prior to the

                  first day on which all events have occurred which entitle

                  such  Member  to such  distribution.  The  filing by such

                  Member   of  a  claim  or  other   application   for  the

                  distribution of his benefit  hereunder shall be deemed to

                  constitute  such a consent for payment.  However,  if the

                  value of a benefit to be distributed  under paragraph (a)

                  of this  Section  13.2 is equal to or less  than  $5,000,

                  then such benefit shall be  distributed to the individual

                  entitled  thereto,  in  a  single  sum,  as  soon  as  is

                  reasonably  practical.  The  distribution  of any  excess

                  deferral,   excess   contribution  or  excess   aggregate

                  contribution  pursuant to the provisions of Sections 6.1,

                  6.3 or 5.3 shall not be  subject to the  requirements  of

                  this  paragraph  (b). For purposes of this paragraph (b),

                  any  rollover  contributions  to the Plan and any  direct

                  transfers of benefits to the Plan by or with respect to a

                  Member shall be included in  determining  if a benefit is

                  equal to, less than or greater than $5,000.

         13.3 Methods of Payment of Termination of Employment Benefits. The

Sponsoring  Company  shall  cause  to be made a  distribution  of  benefits

pursuant  to  Section  13.2  of the  Plan  in  accordance  with  one of the

available  methods  of  distribution  set forth in this  Section  13.3,  as

elected by the Member (or Beneficiary in the case of the death of a Member)

in such form and manner and at such time (not later than 30 days after such

Member's   Termination  of  Employment  except  as  otherwise  provided  in

paragraph (b) of this Section 13.3 and in paragraph (b) of Section 13.2) as

the  Sponsoring  Company  may from time to time  prescribe.  The  available

methods of distribution are as follows:

         (a) Installment Payments or Lump Sum Distribution.

                  (1)      Subject to the limitations  described in Section

                           13.1 of the  Plan,  benefits  may be paid in the

                           form of one or more monthly, quarterly or annual

                           installments  over a fixed  number  of  calendar

                           years  comprising not less than 1 calendar year,

                           as  elected   by  the  Member  or   Beneficiary.

                           Notwithstanding   anything   to   the   contrary

                           contained  herein,  a Beneficiary who is not the

                           surviving  spouse of the deceased  member cannot

                           elect installments for a period extending beyond

                           December 31 of the calendar year  containing the

                           fifth  anniversary of the Member's death. In the

                           event  that an  election  of a stated  number of

                           installments over a stated number of years is in

                           effect,  each such  installment  shall equal the

                           value of the  Member's  Account and Tax Deferred

                           Account  as of the  Valuation  Date as of  which

                           such   installment  is  paid   multiplied  by  a

                           fraction  whose   numerator  is  one  and  whose

                           denominator   is   the   number   of   specified

                           installments  remaining in such specified number

                           of years.  A Member  (or  Beneficiary)  may also

                           elect  to have a  designated  dollar  amount  or

                           percentage of the total of the Member's  Account

                           and Tax  Deferred  Account  distributed  in each

                           elected   installment,   determined  as  of  the

                           Valuation  Date as of which such  installment is

                           paid.  In respect of all then unpaid  amounts in

                           his Account and Tax Deferred  Account,  a Member

                           (or  Beneficiary) may make an election to change

                           his prior election under this  sub-paragraph (1)

                           by filing  such  change in such form and  manner

                           and at such time as the  Sponsoring  Company may

                           from time to time prescribe.

                  (2)      Death  of a  Member  Before  Receiving  Complete

                           Payment   of  his   Account.   Subject   to  the

                           limitations  described  in  Section  13.1 of the

                           Plan,  in the  event  of the  death  of a Member

                           before  receiving  all  installments  under  the

                           provisions   of   sub-paragraph   (1)  of   this

                           paragraph (a) to which he would otherwise become

                           entitled,  such Member's  Beneficiary may elect,

                           at  such  time  and  in  such  manner  as may be

                           prescribed, from time to time, by the Sponsoring

                           Company,  to  receive  one or more  payments  in

                           respect  of all  then  unpaid  amounts  in  such

                           Member's   Account  and  Tax  Deferred   Account

                           pursuant  and  subject  to  the   provisions  of

                           sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph (a).

         (b)      Annuity and other Preserved Optional Benefits.  Effective

                  January 1, 2001,  the  annuity  optional  form of benefit

                  that  was  preserved   for  certain   Members  under  the

                  provisions  of this Section  13.3(b) as in effect  before

                  January 1, 2001,  and any other  optional form of benefit

                  that was  preserved  under the  terms of the Plan  before

                  January 1, 2001,  that differs from those available under

                  13.3(a) shall be completely  eliminated,  consistent with

                  Treas.  Reg.   ss.1.411(d)-4,   Q&A-2(e).  The  foregoing

                  described   elimination  of  certain  optional  forms  of

                  distribution  shall not apply to an affected Member whose

                  benefit is distributed before the earlier of (i) the 90th

                  day after the Member is  furnished  a summary of material

                  modifications  or summary plan description that describes

                  the deletion of the otherwise preserved optional forms of

                  distribution;  or;  (ii)  January  1, 2002.  An  affected

                  Member  for  these  purposes  is a Member  whose  Account

                  balance, in part or in total, was subject to the terms of

                  the  Plan  as  in  effect   prior  to  January  1,  2001,

                  addressing   preserved   optional   forms   of   benefit.

                  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary, the provisions

                  of this  paragraph  (b) of Section 13.3 of the Plan shall

                  not act to eliminate  any optional form that is needed to

                  comply with section  401(a)(9) of the Code,  as reflected

                  in Section 13.1 of the Plan.

         13.4     Distribution in Kind.

                  (a) General.  A Member or Beneficiary  who (i) receives a

                  distribution pursuant to the provisions of Article 11 and

                  Section 13.2 of the Plan,  or (ii) elects to withdraw all

                  or a part of his interest in the Plan under  Section 12.1

                  or Section 12.2 of the Plan, may elect,  in such form and

                  manner  and at such time as the  Sponsoring  Company  may

                  from time to time prescribe, to receive (instead of cash)

                  all or a part of the distributable value of such Member's

                  accounts  in Fund A whole  shares and cash in lieu of any

                  fractional shares of the stock of the Sponsoring  Company

                  to be  distributed  from the  Plan.  The  number of whole

                  shares of such  stock  distributable  hereunder  shall be

                  determined  based  upon the unit  value of such  stock or

                  debentures  used to determine  the value of such Member's

                  accounts for purposes of distribution from the Plan.

         13.5 Lost Member/Beneficiary.  Notwithstanding any other provision

of the Plan, in the event the Sponsoring Company,  after reasonable effort,

is unable to locate a Member or  Beneficiary  to whom a benefit  is payable

under the Plan, such benefit shall be forfeited;  provided,  however,  that

such  benefit  shall  be  reinstated  (in an  amount  equal  to the  amount

forfeited)  upon proper claim made by such Member or  Beneficiary  prior to

termination of the Plan.  Benefits  forfeited under this Section 13.5 shall

be used to reduce the Sponsoring Company  contributions  under Article 7 of

the Plan or, if there are no such  contributions,  shall be returned to the

Sponsoring  Company.  Restorations under this Section 13.5 shall be made by

way of special  Sponsoring  Company  contribution  or by way of  offsetting

forfeitures  then to be  applied  to reduce  aggregate  Sponsoring  Company

contributions.

         13.6     Direct Rollovers.

         (a)      General.   Subject  to  the  exceptions  and  limitations

                  contained  in this Section  13.6, a Member,  an alternate

                  payee  under an  approved  qualified  domestic  relations

                  order  (as  defined  in  Code  Section  414(p))  who is a

                  Member's former spouse or a deceased  Member's  surviving

                  spouse  may  elect  to  have  all,  or  any  portion  (in

                  increments of 10%) of an Eligible  Rollover  Distribution

                  (as  defined in (f) below) to which  such  individual  is

                  entitled  transferred  from  this  Plan  to  an  Eligible

                  Retirement Plan (as defined in (f) below).

         (b)      Exceptions  and   Limitations.   Among  the   exceptions,

                  limitations  and  conditions  applied to elections  under

                  paragraph (a) of this Section 13.6 are the following:

                  (1)      Such  elections  cannot  direct  that all or any

                           part of an  Eligible  Rollover  distribution  be

                           transferred  to,  among or between more than one

                           Eligible Retirement Plan.

                  (2)      Such  elections  may  be  revoked,  in  writing,

                           except   that  such   elections   shall   become

                           irrevocable at the point in time when it becomes

                           administratively   impractical   to   stop   the

                           transfer from being made in accordance with such

                           election,    as    determined    by   the   Plan

                           Administrator.

                  (3)      In  the   case   of  an   involuntary   cash-out

                           distribution  of a benefit equal to or less than

                           $5,000 under Section  13.2(b) of the Plan, or in

                           any other case when the consent  requirements of

                           Section  13.2(b)  do not  apply,  the  Member or

                           other  applicable  distributee (as identified in

                           paragraph  (a) above)  shall have 30 days within

                           which to make an election  under  paragraph  (a)

                           after   receiving  the  notice  referred  to  in

                           paragraph  (c).  If such  election  is not  made

                           within 30 days, the benefit shall be distributed

                           to the  distributee as soon as  administratively

                           practical.  If such  election  is made within 30

                           days,   then  the   transfer  to  the   Eligible

                           Retirement   Plan   may  be   made  as  soon  as

                           administratively  practical. In the event that a

                           distribution   is   subject   to   the   consent

                           requirements of Section 13.2(b), then the Member

                           may    affirmatively    elect   to   receive   a

                           distribution   or  to  have  an  election  under

                           paragraph  (a)  implemented  within  30  days of

                           receiving  the notice  referred to in  paragraph

                           (c);   provided   that   information   is  given

                           explaining  that the Member has at least 30 days

                           to receive a distribution.

         (c)      Time and Method of Transfer.  Within a reasonable  period

                  of  time  before   distributing   an  Eligible   Rollover

                  Distribution,  the Plan  Administrator  shall provide the

                  notice  required  under Code Section 402(f) in any manner

                  allowed by Treasury regulation and provide an opportunity

                  to  make  the  election  provided  under  paragraph  (a).

                  Transfers  made  pursuant  to  such  an  election  may be

                  accomplished in any reasonable  manner,  as determined by

                  the Plan Administrator,  from time to time, in accordance

                  with applicable Treasury regulations.

         (d)      Series of Payments. In the event a series of payments may

                  otherwise  be made  under  the  terms of the Plan each of

                  which  would be an  Eligible  Rollover  Distribution,  an

                  election (or failure to elect) under  paragraph  (a) with

                  regard to the first  payment in such series shall control

                  and be applied to all remaining  payments in such series,

                  unless the  distributee  revokes,  changes  or  otherwise

                  modifies his or her prior decision  regarding the options

                  available  under  paragraph  (a) in such manner,  at such

                  time  and  subject  to  such   conditions   as  the  Plan

                  Administrator may prescribe from time to time.

         (e)      Administration.  The Plan Administrator  shall, from time

                  to time,  prescribe such rules as it deems  convenient or

                  desirable to  administer  the  provisions of this Section

                  13.6.  This  may  include,  but not be  limited  to,  the

                  following:

                  (1)      Prescribing   forms  for  making  the   election

                           described in paragraph (a);

                  (2)      Requiring the distributee to furnish information

                           regarding the  identity,  status and location of

                           the Eligible Retirement Plan;

                  (3)      Requiring   the   Eligible    Retirement    Plan

                           designated by the distributee to provide certain

                           information about itself; and

                  (4)      Requiring  the  distributee  and/or the Eligible

                           Retirement Plan to represent and/or certify that

                           the Eligible Retirement Plan is authorized under

                           law and  pursuant to its own terms to accept the

                           transfer of the Eligible Rollover Distribution.

         (f)      Definitions.  For  purposed  of this  Section  13.6,  the

                  following terms shall have the following definitions:

                  (1)      "Eligible   Retirement   Plan"   shall  mean  an

                           individual  retirement account described in Code

                           Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity

                           described  in Code  Section  408(b),  an annuity

                           plan  described  in  Code  Section  403(a)  or a

                           qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a)

                           that accepts  Eligible  Rollover  Distributions;

                           provided,  however,  that,  with  respect  to  a

                           distributee who is a deceased Member's surviving

                           spouse, only an individual retirement account or

                           an  individual  retirement  annuity  may  be  an

                           Eligible   Retirement  Plan.  For  distributions

                           after December 31, 2001, an Eligible  Retirement

                           Plan  shall   also  mean  an  annuity   contract

                           described  in section  403(b) of the Code and an

                           eligible plan under  section  457(b) of the Code

                           that  is  maintained   by  a  state,   political

                           subdivision  of  a  state,   or  any  agency  or

                           instrumentality   of  a   state   or   political

                           subdivision  of  a  state  and  that  agrees  to

                           separately account for amounts  transferred into

                           such plan from this Plan. Also for distributions

                           after  December 31, 2001,  the  definition of an

                           Eligible  Retirement  Plan shall  apply  without

                           limitation  in the case of a  distribution  to a

                           surviving spouse or to a spouse or former spouse

                           who is the  alternate  payee  under a  qualified

                           domestic  relations order, as defined in section

                           414(p) of the Code.

                  (2)      "Eligible Rollover  Distribution" shall mean any

                           distribution  of  all  or  part  of  a  Member's

                           benefit   under   the  Plan,   except   for  the

                           following:

                           (A)      Substantially  equal periodic payments,

                                    not less frequently than annually, made

                                    over (i) the life or life expectancy of

                                    the  distributee,  (ii) the joint lives

                                    or  joint  life   expectancies  of  the

                                    distributee and a beneficiary, or (iii)

                                    a period of 10 or more years;

                           (B)      The portion of a distribution  required

                                    under Code Section 401(a)(9);

                           (C)      The   portion   of   any   distribution

                                    excluded  from  gross  income,  without

                                    regard   to  any   exclusion   for  net

                                    unrealized   appreciation  on  employer

                                    securities;

                           (D)      The  distribution of excess  deferrals,

                                    excess    contributions    and   excess

                                    aggregate contributions, as well as the

                                    income  or  loss   allocable   to  such

                                    distributions   and   the   return   of

                                    elective deferrals that were made under

                                    Section  401(k)  of the  Code  with any

                                    allocable  income  or loss in  order to

                                    satisfy  the limits  imposed by Section

                                    415 of the Code;

                           (F)      Other     types    or    portions    of

                                    distributions identified under Treasury

                                    regulations  or  in  Internal   Revenue

                                    Service pronouncements.

                           For  purposes  of  (A)  immediately  above,  the

                           determination    of   whether    payments    are

                           substantially  equal for a  specified  period is

                           made  when such  payments  first  begin  without

                           regard to contingencies  or  modifications  that

                           have not yet occurred. Notwithstanding any other

                           provision,   the   following   shall   apply  in

                           determining   whether  a   distribution   is  an

                           Eligible Rollover Distribution:

                                    (I)      Effective  for   distributions

                                             after  December 31, 1998,  the

                                             portion of a distribution that

                                             is a hardship  distribution as

                                             defined   in   Code    section

                                             401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV)   is   not

                                             part of an  Eligible  Rollover

                                             Distribution.

                                    (II)     Effective  for   distributions

                                             after  December 31, 2001,  any

                                             amount that is  distributed on

                                             account of hardship  shall not

                                             be   an   Eligible    Rollover

                                             Distribution      and      the

                                             distributee  cannot  elect  to

                                             have  any  portion  of  such
a

                                             distribution  paid directly to

                                             an Eligible Retirement Plan.

                                    (III)    Effective  for   distributions

                                             after  December  31,  2001,  a

                                             portion   of  a   distribution

                                             shall   not   fail  to  be  an

                                             Eligible Rollover Distribution

                                             merely   because  the  portion

                                             consists of after tax employee

                                             contribution   that   are  not

                                             includible  in  gross  income.

                                             However,  such  portion may be

                                             transferred    only    to   an

                                             individual  retirement account

                                             or   annuity    described   in

                                             section  408(a)  or (b) of the

                                             Code,   or   to  a   qualified

                                             defined    contribution   plan

                                             described in section 401(a) or

                                             403(a) of the Code that agrees

                                             to   separately   account  for

                                             amounts    so     transferred,

                                             including           separately

                                             accounting  for the portion of

                                             such   distribution   that  is

                                             includible in gross income and

                                             the     portion     of    such

                                             distribution  that  is  not
so

                                             includible.

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                 ARTICLE 14

                                 TRUST FUND

         14.1  Trust  Fund.  All the funds of the Plan shall be held by the

Trustee  appointed from time to time by the Sponsoring  Company,  in one or

more trusts  under a trust  agreement  entered into between the Trustee and

the  Sponsoring  Company for use in providing  the benefits of the Plan and

paying any  expenses  of the Plan not paid  directly  by the  Participating

Companies.  The fact that separate  accounts are maintained for each Member

shall not be deemed to segregate  for such  Member,  or to give such Member

any direct interest in, any specific asset or assets in the Trust Fund.

         14.2  Administration of the Trust Fund and Funding Policy.  Except

as otherwise provided in the Plan or the trust agreement and subject to the

direction  and  control  of the  Sponsoring  Company  (or  other  fiduciary

identified by the Sponsoring  Company for such purpose),  the Trustee shall

have exclusive authority and discretion to manage and control the assets of

the Trust Fund. The Sponsoring  Company shall have the authority to appoint

an Investment Manager to manage (including the power to acquire and dispose

of) all or any part of the assets of the Trust Fund. The Sponsoring Company

shall  be  responsible  for   establishing  a  funding  policy  and  method

consistent with the objectives of the Plan and the  requirements of Title I

of ERISA.

         14.3 Benefits  Payable Solely by Trust. All benefits payable under

the  Plan  shall  be paid or  provided  for  solely  from  the  Trust.  The

Participating Companies assume no liability or responsibility therefor.

         14.4 Exclusive  Benefit of Trust Fund. Except as otherwise allowed

under Section  403(c)(2)(A)  and (C) of ERISA, the assets of the Trust Fund

shall not inure to the  benefit of any  Participating  Company and shall be

held for the exclusive  purposes of providing benefits to Members and their

Beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

                                 ARTICLE 15

                         ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

         15.1  Plan  Administrator  and  Administration  of the  Plan.  The

Sponsoring  Company  shall be the  "administrator"  (as  defined in Section

3(16) of ERISA) of the Plan and  shall be a named  fiduciary  for the Plan.

Any reference to the Plan Administrator in the Plan shall be deemed to be a

reference to the Sponsoring  Company,  unless the context clearly indicates

otherwise.  The Sponsoring Company shall, in its capacity as administrator,

be  responsible  for  the  performance  of  all  reporting  and  disclosure

obligations under ERISA and all other obligations  required or permitted to

be performed by the Plan administrator  under ERISA. The Sponsoring Company

shall have all powers necessary and the discretion necessary and convenient

to administer  the Plan in accordance  with its terms,  including,  but not

limited to, all necessary,  appropriate and convenient  power and authority

to interpret,  administer and apply the provisions of the Plan with respect

to  all  persons   having  or  claiming  to  have  any  rights,   benefits,

entitlements  or  obligations  under  the  Plan.  This  includes,   without

limitation,  the ability to construe and interpret  provisions of the Plan,

make determinations  regarding law and fact,  reconcile any inconsistencies

between  provisions  in the Plan or between  provisions of the Plan and any

other statement  concerning the Plan,  whether oral or written,  supply any

omissions  to the Plan or any  document  associated  with the Plan,  and to

correct any defect in the Plan or in any document associated with the Plan.

All such interpretations of the Plan and documents associated with the Plan

and questions concerning its administration and application,  as determined

by the  Sponsoring  Company,  shall be  binding  on all  persons  having an

interest  under  the  Plan.  Such  administrator  of the Plan  shall be the

designated agent for service of legal process.

         15.2  Delegation of  Responsibility.  The  Sponsoring  Company may

delegate (and may give to its  delegatees  the authority to  redelegate) to

any  person  or  persons  any   responsibility,   power,  or  duty  whether

ministerial or fiduciary;  provided, however, no responsibility in the Plan

or trust  agreement to manage or control the assets of the Plan (other than

a power to appoint an Investment  Manager) may be delegated to anyone other

than a  fiduciary  identified  pursuant  to Section  15.2 of the Plan.  The

Sponsoring Company,  the Trustee or any delegatee,  redelegatee or designee

of either  of them may  employ  one or more  persons  to  render  advice or

perform ministerial duties with regard to any responsibility such fiduciary

has under the Plan.

         15.3 Liability.  The board of directors of the Sponsoring  Company

and any  delegatee,  redelegatee  or designee  (other  than any  Investment

Manager  or  Trustee),  and any  employee  of a  Participating  Company  or

Affiliated Company serving the Plan in any capacity within the scope of his

employment  shall be free from all  liability for their acts and conduct in

the  administration  of the  Plan and  Trust  except  for  acts of  willful

misconduct;  provided, however, that the foregoing shall not relieve any of

them  from  any   responsibility  or  liability  for  any   responsibility,

obligation or duty that they may have pursuant to ERISA.

         15.4 Indemnity by Participating Companies. In the event and to the

extent not insured against by any insurance  company pursuant to provisions

of any applicable  insurance  policy,  the  Participating  Companies  shall

indemnify  and hold  harmless any person from any and all claims,  demands,

suits or proceedings  made or threatened by reason of the fact that he, his

testator  or  intestate   (i)  is  or  was  a  director  or  officer  of  a

Participating  Company  or an  Affiliated  Company  or  (ii)  is or  was an

employee of a Participating  Company or an Affiliated Company who serves or

served the Plan or Trust in any capacity within the scope of his employment

and as a delegatee (or  redelegatee)  of the Sponsoring  Company,  provided

such person acted, in good faith, in what he reasonably  believed to be the

best  interest  of the Plan.  Expenses  against  which  such  person may be

indemnified  hereunder  include,  without  limitation,  the  amount  of any

settlement or judgment,  costs, counsel fees and related charges reasonably

incurred  in  connection  with a claim  asserted or  proceeding  brought or

settlement thereof. A Participating  Company from which indemnification may

be sought  hereunder  may, at its expense,  settle any such claim,  demand,

suit or proceeding made or threatened when such settlement appears to be in

the best interest of such  Participating  Company.  This Section 15.4 shall

not be construed to limit whatever rights of indemnity to which the persons

specified in this Section 15.4 and such other  persons not described in the

foregoing  provisions  of this Section 15.4 who are or were (or claim under

or through)  employees of a Participating  Company or an Affiliated Company

may be entitled by law, corporate by-law or otherwise.

         15.5  Payment  of Fees and  Expenses.  The  Trustee,  the board of

directors  of the  Sponsoring  Company and any  delegatee,  redelegatee  or

designee  shall  be  entitled  to  payment  from  the  Trust  Fund  for all

reasonable fees, costs, charges and expenses incurred by them in the course

of performance of their duties under the Plan and the Trust,  except to the

extent  that such fees and costs are paid by any  Participating  Company or

Affiliated  Company.  Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of the Plan or

Trust,  no person who is a  "disqualified  person"  within  the  meaning of

Section 4975(e)(2) of the Code, or a "party in interest" within the meaning

of  Section  3(14)  of  ERISA  and who  receives  full-time  pay  from  any

Participating Company or Affiliated Company shall receive compensation from

the Trust Fund,  except for reimbursement of expenses properly and actually

incurred.

         15.6 Voting of Shares.  All voting  rights with  respect to common

stock in Fund A under Section 8.1 held by the Trustee shall be exercised by

the  Trustee  only as  directed by the  Members  (and by  Beneficiaries  of

deceased  Members who have not received a distribution  of their  benefits,

and such Beneficiaries shall be treated as Members for purposes of applying

the provisions of this Section 15.6) having all or a part of their Accounts

and/or  Tax  Deferred  Accounts  invested  in such Fund A,  acting in their

capacity as named fiduciaries  (within the meaning of ERISA Section 402) in

accordance with the provisions of this Section 15.6.  Before each annual or

special meeting of  shareholders  of the Sponsoring  Company (or such other

company which issued such securities, if applicable) there shall be sent to

each such Member a copy of the proxy  solicitation  material sent generally

to  shareholders  for such meeting,  together with a form to be returned to

the  Trustee,  requesting  instructions  from  the  Member,  acting  in his

capacity as a named fiduciary, to the Trustee on how to separately vote (I)

the  stock  allocable  to that part of such  Member's  Account  and/or  Tax

Deferred  Account  in  Fund  A ,  and on  how  to  separately  vote  (II) a

proportionate  share  (based  on the stock  allocable  to that part of such

Member's Account and/or Tax Deferred Account in Fund A) of the Non-Directed

Securities (defined below). For purposes of this Section 15.6, Non-Directed

Securities  shall  mean that  common  stock  allocated  to Fund A for which

instructions  are not timely received by the Trustee.  Upon receipt of such

instructions,  the Trustee shall vote such shares as instructed. In lieu of

voting fractional shares as instructed by Members, the Trustee may vote the

combined  fractional  shares of such  securities to the extent  possible to

reflect the directions of Members with  allocated  fractional  shares.  The

number of votes to which a Member's  direction  under clause  (II),  above,

applies  shall be the  number of votes  equal to the total  number of votes

attributable  to the sum of the votes related to the common stock  referred

to in said clause (II) multiplied by a fraction,  the numerator of which is

the  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  allocable  to that part of such

Member's  Account and/or Tax Deferred Account in Fund A and the denominator

of which is the total  number of shares of common  stock  allocable to that

part of all such Members'  Accounts and/or Tax Deferred  Accounts in Fund A

who have timely  provided  instructions  to the Trustee with respect to the

common stock  referred to in said clause (II). For purposes of this Section

15.6,  fractional  shares  shall be rounded to the nearest  1/1,000th  of a

share.  Except to the extent required by law, the instructions  received by

the  Trustee  from a  Member  under  this  Section  15.6  shall  be held in

confidence  by the  Trustee and any  contractor  retained by the Trustee to

assist in  tabulation of votes and shall not be divulged or released to the

Sponsoring  Company,  to any  officer  of the  Sponsoring  Company,  to any

employee of the  Sponsoring  Company or to any other person,  except in the

aggregate.

 

 

 

 

 

                                 ARTICLE 16

                          BENEFIT CLAIMS PROCEDURE

         16.1 Initial  Claim - Notice of Denial.  If any claim for benefits

(within the meaning of section 503 of ERISA) is denied in whole or in part,

the  Sponsoring  Company will provide  written  notification  of the denied

claim to the Member or Beneficiary, as applicable, (hereinafter referred to

as the claimant) in a reasonable  period,  but not later than 90 days after

the claim is  received.  The 90-day  period can be extended  under  special

circumstances.  If  special  circumstances  apply,  the  claimant  will  be

notified  before the end of the 90-day period after the claim was received.

The notice will  identify the special  circumstances.  It will also specify

the expected date of the decision.  When special  circumstances  apply, the

claimant must be notified of the decision not later than 180 days after the

claim is received.

 

The written decision will include:

 

(a)               The reasons for the denial.

(b)               Reference to the Plan  provisions  on which the denial is

                  based.  The  reference  need not be to page numbers or to

                  section  headings or titles.  The reference only needs to

                  sufficiently   describe  the   provisions   so  that  the

                  provisions could be identified based on that description.

(c)               A  description  of  additional  materials or  information

                  needed to process  the claim.  It will also  explain  why

                  those materials or information are needed.

(d)               A  description  of the  procedure  to appeal the  denial,

                  including the time limits applicable to those procedures.

                  It will also  state  that the  claimant  may file a civil

                  action  under  section 502 of ERISA (ERISA - ss.29 U.S.C.

                  1132).  The  claimant  must  complete  the Plan's  appeal

                  procedure before filing a civil action in court.

 

If the claimant does not receive notice of the decision on the claim within

the prescribed time periods,  the claim is deemed denied. In that event the

claimant may proceed with the appeal procedure described below.

         16.2  Appeal  of Denied  Claim.  The  claimant  may file a written

appeal of a denied  claim with the  Sponsoring  Company  in such  manner as

determined from time to time. The Sponsoring Company is the named fiduciary

under ERISA for purposes of the appeal of the denied claim.  The Sponsoring

Company may delegate its  authority to rule on appeals of denied claims and

any person or persons or entity to which such  authority is  delegated  may

re-delegate that authority.  The appeal must be sent at least 60 days after

the claimant received the denial of the initial claim. If the appeal is not

sent within this time, then the right to appeal the denial is waived.

 

The claimant may submit  materials  and other  information  relating to the

claim. The Sponsoring Company (or its delegate) will appropriately consider

these  materials and other  information,  even if they were not part of the

initial claim  submission.  The claimant will also be given  reasonable and

free  access to or  copies  of  documents,  records  and other  information

relevant to the claim.

 

Written notification of the decision on the appeal will be delivered to the

claimant  in a  reasonable  period,  but not later  than 60 days  after the

appeal is  received.  The  60-day  period  can be  extended  under  special

circumstances.  If  special  circumstances  apply,  the  claimant  will  be

notified before the end of the 60-day period after the appeal was received.

The notice will  identify the special  circumstances.  It will also specify

the expected date of the decision.  When special  circumstances  apply, the

claimant must be notified of the decision not later than 120 days after the

appeal is received.

 

Special rules apply if the Sponsoring Company designates a committee as the

appropriate  named  fiduciary  for  purposes of deciding  appeals of denied

claims.  For the special rules to apply,  the committee must meet regularly

on at least a quarterly basis.

 

When the special  rules for  committee  meetings  apply the decision on the

appeal  must be made  not  later  than the  date of the  committee  meeting

immediately  following the receipt of the appeal. If the appeal is received

within 30 days of the next following meeting, then the decision must not be

made later  than the date of the second  committee  meeting  following  the

receipt of the appeal.

 

The  period for making the  decision  on the appeal can be  extended  under

special circumstances. If special circumstances apply, the claimant will be

notified by the  committee or its delegate  before the end of the otherwise

applicable period within which to make a decision. The notice will identify

the special  circumstances.  It will also specify the expected  date of the

decision.  When special  circumstances apply, the claimant must be notified

of the  decision  not later  than the date of the third  committee  meeting

after the appeal is received.

 

In any event,  the claimant will be provided written notice of the decision

within a reasonable period after the meeting at which the decision is made.

The  notification  will not be later than 5 days after the meeting at which

the decision is made.

 

Whether the  decision on the appeal is made by a committee or not, a denial

of the appeal will include:

 

(a)               The reasons for the denial.

(b)               Reference to the Plan  provisions  on which the denial is

                  based.  The  reference  need not be to page numbers or to

                  section  headings or titles.  The reference only needs to

                  sufficiently   describe  the   provisions   so  that  the

                  provisions could be identified based on that description.

(c)               A statement  that the claimant may receive free of charge

                  reasonable access to or copies of documents,  records and

                  other information relevant to the claim.

(d)               A  description   of  any   voluntary   procedure  for  an

                  additional appeal, if there is such a procedure.  It will

                  also  state  that the  claimant  may file a civil  action

                  under section 502 of ERISA (ERISA - ss.29 U.S.C. 1132).

 

If the  claimant  does not  receive  notice of the  decision  on the appeal

within the prescribed  time periods,  the appeal is deemed denied.  In that

event the claimant may file a civil action in court. The decision regarding

a denied  claim is final and  binding on all those who are  affected by the

decision. No additional appeals regarding that claim are allowed.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                 ARTICLE 17

 

                         INALIENABILITY OF BENEFITS

 

         The right of any Member or  Beneficiary  to any benefit or payment

under the Plan or Trust or to any separate  account  maintained as provided

by the Plan shall not, to the fullest  extent  permitted by law, be subject

to  voluntary  or  involuntary   anticipation,   transfer,   alienation  or

assignment,  attachment,  execution,  garnishment,  levy,  sequestration or

other legal or  equitable  process.  The  foregoing  shall not apply to the

extent  allowed  under Code  section  401(a)(13).  In the event a Member or

Beneficiary  who is receiving or is entitled to receive  benefits under the

Plan  attempts  to assign,  transfer  or dispose  of such  right,  or if an

attempt is made to subject  said right to such  process,  such  assignment,

transfer  or  disposition  shall  be null  and  void.  Notwithstanding  the

foregoing  provisions hereof,  expressly permitted are: (i) any arrangement

to which the Sponsoring  Company consents for the direct deposit of benefit

payments to any account in a bank,  savings and loan  association or credit

union, provided such arrangement is not part of an arrangement constituting

an assignment or  alienation;  (ii) the recovery by the Plan of overpayment

of benefits previously made to a Member or Beneficiary;  or (iii) effective

on and after January 1, 1985, the creation, assignment, or recognition of a

right to any benefit  payable  pursuant to a qualified  domestic  relations

court  order  as  defined  in  ERISA.   Effective  December  1,  1995,  and

notwithstanding  anything  contrary  contained in the Plan,  any  Alternate

Payee who is  assigned a Plan  benefit  pursuant  to a  qualified  domestic

relations  order  shall,  upon the approval of such  assignment  under such

order by the Plan  Administrator  or its delegate and after such assignment

is  recorded  on the  records of the Plan  maintained  by the  Trustee,  be

entitled to receive a distribution of such assigned  benefit as a lump sum,

regardless of whether the Member from whose benefit the assignment was made

is otherwise entitled to receive a distribution under the Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                 ARTICLE 18

 

                    ADOPTION OF PLAN BY OTHER COMPANIES

 

         Any company  may,  with the  approval of the  Sponsoring  Company,

adopt this Plan pursuant to appropriate written resolutions of the board of

directors  or other  managing  body or  delegatee  of such  company  and by

executing  such documents with the Trustee as may be necessary to make such

company a party to the Trust as a  Participating  Company.  A company which

adopts the Plan is thereafter a  Participating  Company with respect to its

Employees  for  purposes of the Plan. A company that adopted the Plan shall

cease to be a Participating Company when any of the following happens:

(a)               Such company's  managing body adopts actions  designed to

                  end such company's participation in this Plan;

(b)               Such  company  ceases  active  business or ceases to have

                  active employees that meet the requirements to be Members

                  of the Plan and the  Sponsoring  Company  takes action to

                  memorialize  the effective date such company ceased to be

                  a Participating Company; or

(c)               Such  other  reasonable  action  taken by the  Sponsoring

                  Company  and the  Participating  Company  intended to end

                  said  Participating  Company's  status as a Participating

                  Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                 ARTICLE 19

 

               WITHDRAWAL OF PARTICIPATING COMPANY FROM PLAN

 

         19.1 Notice of Withdrawal.  Subject to provisions of Section 19.4,

any Participating  Company, with the consent of the Sponsoring Company, may

at any time withdraw from the Plan upon giving the  Sponsoring  Company and

the  Trustee  at  least 30 days  notice  in  writing  of its  intention  to

withdraw.

         19.2  Segregation  of  Trust  Assets  Upon  Withdrawal.  Upon  the

withdrawal of a Participating Company pursuant to Section 19.1, the Trustee

shall  segregate the allocable  share of the assets in the Trust Fund,  the

value of which  shall equal the total  credited to the  accounts of Members

employed by the withdrawing  Participating  Company. Such segregation shall

occur upon a Valuation  Date or such other date as may be  specified by the

Sponsoring Company.

         19.3 Exclusive Benefit of Members.  Except as otherwise allowed by

law,  neither the  segregation  and  transfer of the Trust  assets upon the

withdrawal of a Participating  Company nor the execution of a new agreement

and declaration of trust by such  withdrawing  Participating  Company shall

operate to permit any part of the Trust Fund to be used for or  diverted to

purposes  other than for the  exclusive  benefit of the  Members  and their

Beneficiaries.

         19.4  Applicability  of  Withdrawal  Provisions.   The  withdrawal

provisions  contained  in this Article 19 shall be  applicable  only if the

withdrawing  Participating  Company  continues  to cover  its  Members  and

eligible Employees in another defined contribution plan and trust qualified

under  Sections  401  and  501  of the  Code.  Otherwise,  the  termination

provisions of Article 21 of the Plan shall apply.

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                 ARTICLE 20

 

                           AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

 

         The Sponsoring Company may, by and through actions of its board of

directors or any delegatee  thereof,  amend the Plan with respect to any or

all  Participating  Companies at any time, and from time to time, by action

of the Board of  Directors  of the  Sponsoring  Company  or its  delegatee;

provided,  however,  except as otherwise  allowed by law, no such amendment

shall  operate  to  permit  any  part of the  Trust  Fund to be used for or

diverted to purposes  other than the  exclusive  benefit of the Members and

their Beneficiaries.

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                 ARTICLE 21

 

                PERMANENCY OF THE PLAN AND PLAN TERMINATION

 

         21.1 Merger or  Consolidation  of Plan. The Plan may not be merged

or consolidated  with, nor may its assets or liabilities be transferred to,

any other  plan,  unless each  Member  would (if the Plan then  terminated)

receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation,  or transfer

which is equal to or greater  than the benefit he would have been  entitled

to receive  immediately before the merger,  consolidation,  or transfer (if

the Plan had then terminated).

         21.2 Right to Terminate Plan. The Sponsoring  Company reserves the

right to terminate either the Plan or both the Plan and the Trust as to any

or all Participating Companies.

         21.3  Discontinuance  of  Contributions.  Whenever the  Sponsoring

Company   determines   that  it  is  impossible  or  inadvisable   for  any

Participating  Company to make  further  contributions  as  provided in the

Plan, such Participating  Company may, without  terminating the Plan and/or

Trust,  temporarily or permanently discontinue all further contributions by

such  Participating  Company.  Thereafter,  the Sponsoring  Company and the

Trustee shall  continue to administer  all the provisions of the Plan which

are necessary and remain in force,  other than the  provisions  relating to

contributions  by such  Participating  Company.  However,  the Trust  shall

remain in existence with respect to such  Participating  Company and all of

the provisions of the Trust Agreement shall remain in force.

         21.4  Termination  of Plan and Trust.  If the  Sponsoring  Company

determines  to  terminate  (as to any  Participating  Company) the Plan and

Trust completely,  they shall be terminated  insofar as they are applicable

to such Participating Company as of the date of such termination. Upon such

termination  of the Plan and  Trust,  after  payment  of all  expenses  and

proportional   adjustment   of  accounts   of  Members   employed  by  such

Participating  Company  to reflect  such  expenses,  Trust Fund  profits or

losses, and allocations of any previously  unallocated funds to the date of

termination,  such  Participating  Company's  Members  shall be entitled to

receive  the amount  then  credited to their  respective  Accounts  and Tax

Deferred  Accounts in the Trust Fund.  However,  the  occurrence  of such a

termination  shall  not,  in and of  itself,  entitle  Members to receive a

distribution of their Tax Deferred  Accounts.  Such entitlement  shall only

occur if neither the Sponsoring Company nor any Affiliated Company maintain

a successor plan, other than an ESOP satisfying the requirements of Section

4975(e)(7).  For this purpose, a successor plan is any defined contribution

plan maintained by the Sponsoring Company or an Affiliated Company,  except

that such a plan shall not be deemed to be a successor plan if at all times

during  the 24 month  period  preceding  the 12  month  period  before  the

termination  of this Plan fewer than 2% of the  Employees who were eligible

to  participate  in this Plan are eligible for such other plan. If a Member

with a Tax Deferred Account is entitled to a distribution  upon termination

of the Plan because of the satisfaction of the foregoing requirements, then

any distribution to such a Member must be made as a lump sum  distribution,

as defined in Code Section  401(k)(10)(B),  or any successor  thereto.  The

Sponsoring  Company,  in its sole  discretion,  may cause  payment  of such

amount to be made in cash,  or in assets of the  Trust  Fund.  Any  amounts

unallocable to such  Participating  Company's  Members shall be returned to

the Sponsoring Company.

 

 

 

 

 

                                 ARTICLE 22

 

                               MISCELLANEOUS

 

         22.1 Status of  Employment  Relations.  Nothing  herein  contained

shall be deemed (i) to give to any employee the right to be retained in the

employ  of  a  Participating  Company;  (ii)  to  affect  the  right  of  a

Participating  Company to terminate or discharge  any employee at any time;

(iii) to give a Participating  Company the right to require any employee to

remain in its employ;  or (iv) to affect any employee's  right to terminate

his employment at any time.

         22.2  Applicable  Law. To the extent that State law shall not have

been  preempted by ERISA or any other laws of the United  States,  the Plan

shall be construed,  regulated,  interpreted and administered  according to

the laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky.

         22.3 Legal  Effect.  The Plan  described  herein  shall  amend and

supersede,  as of January 1, 2003,  and at such other  individual  dates as

indicated  throughout,  all provisions in the Plan as in effect on December

31, 2002,  except as otherwise  provided herein and further  excepting that

the rights of former Members who terminated  employment or retired prior to

January 1, 2003, or made a total  withdrawal prior to January 1, 2003 while

employed,  shall be governed by the terms of the Plan in effect at the time

of termination  of employment or  retirement,  or in effect on December 31,

2002 in the case of total withdrawals  while employed,  as the case may be,

unless otherwise provided herein.

         22.4 Military Leave. Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to

the contrary,  contributions,  benefits and service  credit with respect to

qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Code section

414(u) and all other  applicable  law.  A Member  who  returns to work from

qualified  military  service  may  make up  contributions  missed  while on

military  leave.  These  contributions  are in addition to other  allowable

contributions  under the Plan.  The Member has until the earlier of (1) the

period equal to three times the period of qualified military service or (2)

five years. The Participating  Company  contributions  that would have been

paid with  respect to such Member  contributions  under the  provisions  of

Article  7 of the  Plan at the  particular  time  applicable  will  also be

contributed  with  respect  to  a  Member's  make-up  contributions.  These

Participating  Company  contributions  are in  addition  to any other  such

contributions  made with  respect  to the  Member's  contributions  for the

present  Plan  Year.  While  on a  qualified  military  leave a  Member  is

considered  to earn the rate of  Compensation  he would have received if he

had not been  engaged in  qualified  military  service.  If this  cannot be

determined with reasonable certainty, then the Member's deemed Compensation

would  be the  average  of the  Member's  Compensation  for  the 12  months

preceding  the  qualified  military  service  (or period of  employment  if

shorter than 12 months).

 

 

 

 

 

                                 ARTICLE 23

                                TENDER OFFER

         23.1 Applicability.  The provisions of this Article 23 shall apply

in the event any person,  either alone or in conjunction with others, makes

a tender  offer,  or exchange  offer,  or  otherwise  offers to purchase or

solicits  an  offer  to sell  to such  person  one  percent  or more of the

outstanding  shares  of  common  stock of the  Sponsoring  Company  (herein

jointly and severally referred to as a "tender offer").

         23.2 Instructions to Trustee. All decisions with respect to tender

offers with respect to the shares of common stock of the Sponsoring Company

held in Fund A under  Section  8.1 of the Plan  shall be  exercised  by the

Trustee only as directed by the Members (and by  Beneficiaries  of deceased

Members who have not received a distribution  of their  benefits,  and such

Beneficiaries  shall be treated as Members for  purposes  of  applying  the

provisions  of this  Article  23) who have all or a part of their  Accounts

and/or Tax Deferred  Accounts  invested in Fund A, acting in their capacity

as  named  fiduciaries  (within  the  meaning  of  ERISA  Section  402)  in

accordance  with the  provisions  of this Article 23. In the event a tender

offer is received by the Trustee  (including  a tender  offer for shares of

such common stock subject to Section 14 (d) (1) of the Securities  Exchange

Act of 1934 or subject to Rule 13e-4  promulgated  under such Act, as those

provisions  may be amended from time to time),  in accordance  with Section

23.1,  to purchase or exchange  any such shares of common stock held by the

Trustee,  the Trustee shall inform each Member who has all or a part of his

Account and/or Tax Deferred Account invested in Fund A, in writing,  of the

terms of the tender offer as soon as practicable  and shall furnish to each

such Member such  documents  as are  prepared by any person and provided to

shareholders of the Sponsoring Company pursuant to the Securities  Exchange

Act of 1934 and a form to each such  Member to be  returned  to the Trustee

requesting instructions from such Member, acting in his capacity as a named

fiduciary,  on whether or not to sell, offer to sell, exchange or otherwise

dispose of the common stock allocable to that part of such Member's Account

and/or Tax  Deferred  Account in Fund A  (determined  as of the most recent

Valuation Date for which information is readily available). Upon receipt of

such separate instructions,  the Trustee shall act upon the tender offer as

instructed.  For  purposes of this Article 23,  fractional  shares shall be

rounded to the nearest  1/1,000th of a share. The instructions  referred to

herein  shall be in such form and shall be filed in such manner and at such

time as the Sponsoring Company and the Trustee may prescribe.

         23.3  Trustee  Action on Member  Instructions.  The Trustee  shall

sell, offer to sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of the common stock held

in  Fund  A  under  the  Trust  as  directed  by  Members   through   their

instructions, as provided in Section 23.2. The number of shares to be sold,

offered for sale,  exchanged or otherwise  disposed of by the Trustee under

this Section 23.3 pursuant to a Member's  direction shall reflect the value

of such Member's  Account  and/or Tax Deferred  Account  invested in Fund A

(excluding  all  investments  in Fund A other  than the  shares to be sold,

offered or exchanged)  determined as of the latest Valuation Date for which

record  processing  has  been  completed  at  the  time  of  the  Trustee's

disposition of shares.  Each Member directing the Trustee to dispose of his

allocable shares under this Article 23 shall also be deemed to have elected

a transfer of the total value of his Account and/or Tax Deferred Account in

Fund A to a new  investment  fund  under the  Plan.  For  purposes  of this

Article 23, such deemed  transfers  shall be  effective as of and shall use

values as of the  Valuation  Date used to determine the number of shares to

be sold,  offered  for sale,  exchanged  or  otherwise  disposed  of by the

Trustee  under this Section  23.3.  Any gain or loss,  whether  realized or

unrealized,  on the directed  disposition  of shares shall be allocated (in

accordance  with the provisions of Section 10.3) among the Members who have

directed  such a  disposition  under this Article 23. The proceeds  derived

from  dispositions  directed under this Article 23 shall be invested by the

Trustee in  accordance  with Section  23.4.  Except for the  provisions  of

Section  8.2 and  Section  8.4 all the  provisions  of the Plan  and  trust

agreement  shall apply to such new  investment  fund.  Any shares  becoming

allocable to a Member's Account and/or Tax Deferred Account in Fund A after

the latest Valuation Date for which record processing has been completed at

the time of the Trustee's disposition of shares shall remain a part of such

Member's  Account and/or Tax Deferred  Account in Fund A subject to all the

provisions of the Plan other than this Article 23.

         23.4 Investment of Proceeds. Any securities received in connection

with a  disposition  directed  under this Article 23 shall remain a part of

the new investment fund subject, however, to the Sponsoring Company's right

to amend the Plan in accordance with its provisions. Any cash proceeds of a

disposition  directed under this Article 23 and any income from investments

under the new  investment  fund shall  remain a part of the new  investment

fund and shall be invested in such securities as the Sponsoring Company (or

other fiduciary  identified by the Sponsoring Company for such purpose) may

from  time  to  time  direct;  provided,  however,  in the  absence  of any

direction from the Sponsoring Company or other fiduciary the Trustee may in

its discretion, or pursuant to applicable provisions in the trust agreement

if any such provisions  appear therein,  invest the cash proceeds in Fund B

described in Section 8.1 of the Plan.

         23.5 Action With Respect to Members Not Instructing the Trustee or

Not  Issuing  Valid  Instructions.  To the  extent to which  Members do not

instruct  the  Trustee or do not issue valid  directions  to the Trustee to

sell, offer to sell,  exchange or otherwise  dispose of the shares of stock

of the  Sponsoring  Company  allocable to their Account and/or Tax Deferred

Accounts  in Fund A, such  Members  shall be deemed  to have  directed  the

Trustee  that  such  shares  remain  invested  in  Fund  A  subject  to all

provisions of the Plan other than this Article 23.

         23.6  Withdrawal  of Shares.  In the  event,  under the terms of a

tender  offer or  otherwise,  any shares of common stock held in Fund A and

tendered  for sale,  exchange  or  transfer  pursuant  to such offer may be

withdrawn  from such offer,  the  Trustee  shall  follow such  instructions

respecting the withdrawal of such shares from such offer in the same manner

and in the same  proportion as shall be timely received by the Trustee from

Members entitled under this Article 23 to give instructions as to the sale,

exchange or transfer of shares of such common stock pursuant to such offer,

acting in their capacity as named fiduciaries.

         23.7 Partial Offers. In the event that an offer for fewer than all

of the shares of common  stock  invested  in Fund A and held by the Trustee

shall be received by the Trustee, the total number of shares of such common

stock that the Plan sells,  exchanges or  transfers  pursuant to such offer

shall be allocated among Members'  Accounts and/or Tax Deferred  Accounts ,

to the extent  that such  accounts  are  invested  in Fund A, on a pro rata

basis in accordance with the directions  received from Members with respect

to the allocable  share of each such Member's  Account  and/or Tax Deferred

Account invested in Fund A.

         23.8 Multiple  Offers.  In the event an offer shall be received by

the Trustee and  instructions  shall be solicited from Members  pursuant to

Sections  23.2 to 23.7  hereof  regarding  such  offer,  and,  prior to the

termination of such offer, another offer is received by the Trustee for the

shares of common stock  invested in Fund A subject to the first offer,  the

Trustee  shall use its best  efforts  under the  circumstances  to  solicit

instructions from the Members in their capacity as named fiduciaries:

         (a)      with respect to shares of common stock tendered for sale,

                  exchange or transfer pursuant to the first offer, whether

                  to withdraw such tender, if possible,  and, if withdrawn,

                  whether to tender any shares of common stock so withdrawn

                  for sale,  exchange  or  transfer  pursuant to the second

                  offer, and

         (b)      with  respect to shares of common  stock not tendered for

                  sale,  exchange or transfer  pursuant to the first offer,

                  whether to tender or not to tender  such shares of common

                  stock for sale,  exchange  or  transfer  pursuant  to the

                  second offer.

The Trustee shall follow all such instructions  received in a timely manner

from Members in the same manner and in the same  proportion  as provided in

Sections  23.2 to 23.7 hereof.  With  respect to any further  offer for any

such common stock  received by the Trustee and subject to any earlier offer

(including  successive  offers  from one or more  existing  offerors),  the

Trustee  shall act in the same manner as  described  above in this  Section

23.8.

         23.9 No Impact on Account. A Member's  instructions to the Trustee

to  tender  or  exchange  shares  of  common  stock  shall  not be deemed a

withdrawal  or  suspension  from the Plan or a forfeiture of any portion of

the Member's benefit.

         23.10  Confidentiality.  The instructions  received by the Trustee

from a Member  under  this  Article 23 shall be held in  confidence  by the

Trustee  and any  contractor  retained  by the  Trustee  to  assist  in the

tabulation  of  tenders  and  shall  not be  divulged  or  released  to the

Sponsoring  Company,  to any  officer  of the  Sponsoring  Company,  to any

employee of the  Sponsoring  Company or to any other person,  except in the

aggregate, unless otherwise required by law.

 

 

 

 

 

                                 ARTICLE 24

             SPECIAL RULES IN THE EVENT PLAN BECOMES TOP HEAVY

         24.1  General.  Notwithstanding  any other  provision of the Plan,

this  Article  24 shall  apply to each  Plan  Year as to which  the Plan is

"Top-Heavy" (as hereinafter defined in this Article 24), hereinafter called

"Top-Heavy  Year",  and, to the extent provided in this Article 24, to each

Plan Year following a Plan Year as to which the Plan is Top-Heavy.

         24.2 Minimum Benefits. The Participating Company contributions and

forfeitures  allocated  to the Account  (for  purposes of this  Article 24,

references to a Member's "Account" shall include such Member's Account, Tax

Deferred  Account and Restricted  Company Match Account) of each Member who

is a Non-Key Employee and who is employed on the last day of the Plan Year,

shall  not be  less  than  three  percent  of such  Member's  Compensation.

Notwithstanding  the preceding sentence,  the foregoing  percentage for any

Top-Heavy  Year  shall not  exceed the  percentage  at which  Participating

Company  contributions  and forfeitures are allocated to the Account of the

Key Employee  for whom such  percentage  is the highest for such  Top-Heavy

Year;  provided,  however,  that all defined  contribution  plans within an

Aggregation  Group  shall be treated as one plan.  The  minimum  benefit as

prescribed  above is  determined  without  regard  to any  Social  Security

contribution  and without regard to any salary deferral or cash or deferred

contributions  made on  behalf  of  such a  Non-Key  Employee  under a plan

qualified under Section 401(k) of the Code.

         24.3  Vesting.  In any Top-Heavy  Year,  the Account of any Member

shall be fully vested and  nonforfeitable,  as it is in years when the Plan

is not Top-Heavy.

         24.4  Definitions.  For purposes of this Article 24, the following

definitions  shall apply:

         (a)      "Aggregation  Group"  shall  mean  (i)  each  plan  of  a

                  Participating  Company or an Affiliated  Company in which

                  at least one Key Employee participates or participated at

                  any time during the Determination  Period  (regardless of

                  whether the plan has terminated); (ii) each other plan of

                  a  Participating  Company or an Affiliated  Company which

                  enables  any  plan  described  in (i)  above  to meet the

                  requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or 410 or the Code; and

                  (iii)  any  other  plan or  plans  which  the  Sponsoring

                  Company  elects to include  provided that the group would

                  continue to meet the  requirements of Sections  401(a)(4)

                  and 410 of the Code with such plan or plans  being  taken

                  into  account.  For  these  purposes,  the group of plans

                  included  under (i) and (ii) above is  considered to be a

                  "required  aggregation  group"  and the  group  of  plans

                  included   under   (i)-(iii)  is   considered   to  be  a

                  "permissive aggregation group."

         (b)      "Determination  Date"  shall  mean,  with  respect to the

                  first Plan Year, the last day of such Plan Year, and with

                  respect to any subsequent  Plan Year, the last day of the

                  preceding Plan Year.

         (c)      "Determination   Period"   shall   mean  the  Plan   Year

                  containing the Determination  Date and the four preceding

                  Plan Years.

         (d)      "Key Employee" shall mean, with respect to any Plan Year,

                  as  determined  under  Section  416(i) of the  Code,  any

                  person (and the beneficiary under the plan of any person)

                  who,  at any time  during the  Determination  Period with

                  respect  to such  Plan  Year,  is:

                  (1)      an  officer  of a  Participating  Company  or an

                           Affiliated Company who:

                           (A)      effective  for  Plan  Years   beginning

                                    after  December  31,  1986,  has annual

                                    compensation greater than 50 percent of

                                    the dollar  limitation  in effect under

                                    Section  415(b)(1)(A)  of the  Code for

                                    any such Plan Year, and

                           (B)      is taken  into  account  under  Section

                                    416(i) of the Code;

                  (2)      one of the ten employees who:

                           (A)      owns (or is considered as owning within

                                    the meaning of Sections  318 and 416(i)

                                    of  the  Code)  both  more  than  a 1/2

                                    percent ownership interest in value and

                                    one  of  the  ten  largest   percentage

                                    ownership  interests  in  value  of his

                                    employer; and

                           (B)      has (during the Plan Year of ownership)

                                    annual  compensation  from his employer

                                    and any Affiliated Company of more than

                                    the  limitation in effect under Section

                                    415(c)(1)(A)   of  the   Code  for  the

                                    calendar  year in which  such Plan Year

                                    ends;

                  (3)      a five  percent  owner (as  defined  in  Section

                           416(i) of the Code) of his employer or

                  (4)      a one  percent  owner  (as  defined  in  Section

                           416(i)  of  the  Code)  of his  employer  having

                           annual  compensation  from his  employer and any

                           Affiliated Company of more than $150,000.

         For  purposes of this  paragraph  (d),  "compensation"  shall mean

         compensation   as  defined  in  Section   7.4(d)  (which   defines

         "Limitation Year Compensation" for purposes of applying the annual

         addition  limitations)  of the Plan except  that salary  reduction

         contributions that would otherwise be excluded from the definition

         of  compensation   thereunder  because  of  special  tax  benefits

         applicable to such  contributions  under  Section 125,  402(a)(8),

         402(h)(1)(B)  or  403(b)  of the Code  shall be  included  in such

         compensation.

         (e)      "Non-Key  Employee"  shall mean any individual  who, with

                  respect to any Plan Year during the Determination Period,

                  is not a Key Employee.

         (f)      "Top-Heavy"  shall mean,  with  respect to any Plan Year,

                  that the Plan falls within a Top-Heavy  Group or that, as

                  of the  Determination  Date,  the Top Heavy Ratio exceeds

                  60%.

         (g)      "Top-Heavy  Group"  shall mean,  with respect to any Plan

                  Year, any Aggregation  Group if (as of the  Determination

                  Date)  the sum of the Top  Heavy  Ratios  for  each  plan

                  falling within the Aggregation Group exceeds 60%.

         (h)      "Top  Heavy  Ratio"  shall  mean,  with  respect  to  any

                  Determination Date:

                  (1)      For any  defined  benefit  plan the ratio of the

                           present value of the cumulative accrued benefits

                           (including  any benefits  derived from  employee

                           contributions)   under  the  plan  for  all  Key

                           Employees to the present value of the cumulative

                           accrued benefits (including any benefits derived

                           from employee  contributions) under the plan for

                           all  employees.  Such  present  value  shall  be

                           consistently  and  uniformly   determined  under

                           regulations under Section 416 of the Code (i) by

                           using the actuarial assumptions used by the plan

                           for purposes of minimum funding  standards under

                           Section 412 of the Code  (modified  as necessary

                           to conform with the  requirements of Section 415

                           of the Code and regulations thereunder); (ii) as

                           of the  most  recent  valuation  date  used  for

                           computing  plan  costs for  purposes  of minimum

                           funding  under  Section 412 of the Code  falling

                           within  a   12-month   period   ending   on  the

                           Determination    Date;    (iii)   by   including

                           distributions made within the Plan Year in which

                           falls  the  Determination   Date  and  the  four

                           preceding Plan Years; and (iv) on the basis that

                           each  employee  terminated   employment  on  the

                           valuation date.

                  (2)      For any defined contribution plan (including any

                           simplified  employee pension plan), the ratio of

                           the sum of the account  balances  under the plan

                           as of the  Determination  Date for Key Employees

                           to the sum of the  account  balances  under  the

                           plan  as  of  the  Determination  Date  for  all

                           employees. For purposes of computing this ratio,

                           any  distribution  made  within the Plan Year in

                           which falls the Determination  Date and the four

                           preceding  Plan Years shall be included and both

                           the numerator and  denominator  of the Top-Heavy

                           Ratio are increased to reflect any  contribution

                           not actually made as of the Determination  Date,

                           but which is required  to be taken into  account

                           on that date under  Section  416 of the Code and

                           the regulations thereunder.

                  (3)      For purposes of (1) and (2) above, the following

                           shall apply:

                           (A)      The value of account  balances  and the

                                    present value of accrued  benefits will

                                    be  determined  as of the  most  recent

                                    valuation  date  that  falls  within or

                                    ends with the 12-month period ending on

                                    the  applicable   Determination   Date,

                                    except as  provided  in Section  416 of

                                    the Code and the regulations thereunder

                                    for the first and second  plan years of

                                    a defined benefit plan.

                           (B)      There shall be disregarded  the account

                                    balances  and  accrued  benefits  of  a

                                    Member:

                                    (i)     who is a Non-Key Employee,  but

                                            who  was  a Key  Employee  in
a

                                            Prior Plan Year or

                                    (ii)    with  respect  to a  Plan  Year

                                            beginning  after 1984,  who has

                                            not performed  services for the

                                            employer  maintaining  the plan

                                            at   any   time    during   the

                                            five-year  period ending on the

                                            Determination Date.

                           (C)      The calculation of the Top-Heavy Ratio,

                                    and the extent to which  distributions,

                                    rollovers  and transfers are taken into

                                    account will be made in accordance with

                                    Section   416  of  the   Code  and  the

                                    regulations thereunder.

                           (D)      Deductible   voluntary    contributions

                                    shall not be included.

                           (E)      The  value  of  account   balances  and

                                    accrued benefits under plans aggregated

                                    with the Plan shall be calculated  with

                                    reference  to the  Determination  Dates

                                    under such  plans that fall  within the

                                    same  calendar  year as the  applicable

                                    Determination Date under the Plan.

                           (F)      The value of account balances under the

                                    Plan  will  be  determined  as  of  the

                                    Determination  Date with respect to the

                                    applicable Plan Year.

                           (G)      The   accrued   benefit  of  a  Non-Key

                                    Employee shall be determined  under (i)

                                    the  method,  if  any,  that  uniformly

                                    applies for accrual  purposes under all

                                    de-fined  benefit  plans  maintained by

                                    the    Participating     Company    and

                                    Affiliated Companies,  or (ii) if there

                                    is no such  method,  as if such benefit

                                    accrued  not  more   rapidly  than  the

                                    slowest  accrual rate  permitted  under

                                    the   fractional    rule   of   Section

                                    411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.

 

SPECIAL SUPPLEMENT TO ARTICLE 24 - MODIFICATIONS TO TOP-HEAVY RULES

The following  provisions  replace the applicable  provisions of Article 24

that precede these supplemental provisions.

 

1.  Effective  date.  This section shall apply for purposes of  determining

whether the Plan is a top-heavy  plan under section  416(g) of the Code for

Plan  Years  beginning  after  December  31,  2001,  and  whether  the Plan

satisfies the minimum  benefits  requirements of section 416(c) of the Code

for such years. This section amends the preceding provisions of Article 24.

 

2. Determination of top-heavy status.

 

2.1 Key  employee.  Key  employee  means any  Employee  or former  Employee

(including any deceased Employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that

includes  the  determination  date was an  officer of the  employer  having

annual  compensation  greater  than  $130,000 (as  adjusted  under  section

416(i)(1) of the Code for plan years  beginning after December 31, 2002), a

5-percent  owner of the  employer,  or a  1-percent  owner of the  employer

having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose,  annual

compensation means compensation  within the meaning of section 415(c)(3) of

the  Code.  The  determination  of who is a key  employee  will  be made in

accordance   with  section   416(i)(1)  of  the  Code  and  the  applicable

regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.

 

2.2  Determination  of present  values and amounts.  This section 2.2 shall

apply for purposes of determining  the present  values of accrued  benefits

and the amounts of account  balances of employees  as of the  determination

date.

 

2.2.1  Distributions  during year  ending on the  determination  date.  The

present values of accrued  benefits and the amounts of account  balances of

an  Employee  as of  the  determination  date  shall  be  increased  by the

distributions made with respect to the Employee under the Plan and any plan

aggregated  with the Plan under  section  416(g)(2)  of the Code during the

1-year  period ending on the  determination  date.  The preceding  sentence

shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not

been  terminated,  would have been  aggregated  with the Plan under section

416(g)(2)(A)(i)  of the  Code.  In the  case of a  distribution  made for a

reason other than  separation  from service,  death,  or  disability,  this

provision shall be applied by substituting 5-year period for 1-year period.

2.2.2  Employees  not  performing   services  during  year  ending  on  the

determination date. The accrued benefits and accounts of any individual who

has not performed services for the employer during the 1-year period ending

on the determination date shall not be taken into account.

 

3. Minimum benefits.

 

3.1 Matching contributions.  Employer matching contributions shall be taken

into  account  for  purposes  of   satisfying   the  minimum   contribution

requirements  of section  416(c)(2) of the Code and the Plan. The preceding

sentence shall apply with respect to matching  contributions under the Plan

or, if the Plan provides that the minimum contribution requirement shall be

met in another plan, such other plan. Employer matching  contributions that

are used to satisfy the minimum contribution  requirements shall be treated

as  matching   contributions  for  purposes  of  the  actual   contribution

percentage test and other requirements of section 401(m) of the Code.

 

 

  

 

                             AMENDMENT
NO. 1

                                   TO THE

                                ASHLAND INC.

                           EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN

                   As Restated Effective January 1, 2003

==============================================================================

 

                  WHEREAS,   Ashland  Inc.  established  the  Ashland  Inc.

Employee  Savings  Plan (known as the  Ashland  Inc.  Employee  Thrift Plan

before October 1, 1995)  originally  effective June 1, 1964 for the benefit

of employees eligible to participate therein;

                  WHEREAS, the aforesaid Plan was amended from time to time

and, as so amended,  was completely  amended and restated effective October

1, 1976 to comply with the  provisions  of the Employee  Retirement  Income

Security Act of 1974;

                  WHEREAS,  the  aforesaid  amended and  restated  Plan was

further  amended from time to time and was completely  amended and restated

effective on October 1, 1980,  on October 1, 1983,  on October 1, 1985,  on

October  1,  1989,  on October 1, 1995 on January 1, 1997 and on January 1,

2003;

                  WHEREAS, Article 20 of the aforesaid amended and restated

Plan, reserves to Ashland Inc. the right to further amend the Plan; and

                  WHEREAS,  Ashland Inc. desires to make further amendments

to the Plan;

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  Ashland Inc. does hereby  further amend

the Ashland Inc.  Employee Savings Plan,  effective January 1, 2003, except

to the extent  otherwise  noted, in accordance with the following terms and

conditions:

 

1.       Effective as of January 1, 2003,  paragraph  (b) of Section 7.1 of

         the Plan is changed in its entirety as follows:

 

         (b) After June 30,  2003.  Effective  with  respect to an eligible

         Member's Basic  Contributions  made to the Plan from  Compensation

         processed after June 30, 2003, the  Participating  Companies shall

         contribute  to the  Trust,  in cash or in kind,  on behalf of each

         Member for whom there are Member Basic  Contributions,  the amount

         derived from the following table:

 

	
Column 1
	 	
Column 2

	
Successive Levels of Member

Basic Contributions, as a

Percentage of Compensation, to

which Levels of Participating

Company Contributions Relate
	 	
Participating Company Contributions

as a Percentage of each Level

of Member Basic

Contributions in Column 1

	
1. at least 1% and not greater than 5%
	 	
1. 110%, to a maximum of 5.5% of Compensation

 

        Any forfeitures  under the Plan shall be used to reduce the amount

         of the Participating Companies' contributions that would otherwise

         be contributed  under this Section 7.1. The  determination  of the

         amount of the aggregate  Participating Company contributions,  and

         the payment thereof,  for each payment of Compensation for which a

         contribution  is to be made  shall be made as soon as  practicable

         after the payment of such Compensation,  as arranged, from time to

         time, between the Sponsoring  Company and the Trustee.  Subject to

         the  limitations  of Section 7.2 and Section 7.3 of the Plan,  the

         Participating  Company  contributions  made  with  regard  to each

         Member's Basic  Contributions shall be allocated to the Account of

         each such Member for the period for which such allocation is being

         made  with a portion  of such  contribution  invested  in Fund A -

         Ashland Common Stock Fund and the remainder  invested  pursuant to

         the Member's  investment  election for contributions of the Member

         under Articles 5 and 6 as determined under the following table:

 

 

	
 Column 1
	  	
Column 2
	  	
Column 3
	  	
Column 4

	
Member Basic

Contributions in 1

Percentage Point

Increments
	  	
Participating Company

Contributions for each

$1 of Member Basic

Contributions in Column 1
	  	
Portion of Participating

Company Contributions in

Column 2 Allocated to the

Member's Account
	  	
Portion of Participating

Company Contributions in

Column 2 Invested on

behalf of the Member

in Fund A -

Ashland Common Stock Fund

	
1.
	
first 1% of Compensation
	  	
1.  $1.10
	  	
1.  $ .50
	  	
1.  $ .60

	
2.
	
second 1% of Compensation
	  	
2.  $1.10
	  	
2.  $ .50
	  	
2.  $ .60

	
3. 
	
third 1% of Compensation 
	  	
3.  $1.10
	  	
3.  $ .50
	  	
3.  $ .60

	
4. 
	
fourth 1% of Compensation 
	  	
4.  $1.10
	  	
4.  $ .50
	  	
4.  $ .60

	
5.
	
fifth 1% of Compensation 
	  	
5.  $1.10
	  	
5.  $ .50
	  	
5.  $ .60

 

         Each Participating  Company's share of the aggregate Participating

         Company  contributions  for any period for which an  allocation is

         made  shall  equal  the sum of the  allocations  pursuant  to this

         Section 7.1 of such aggregate  Participating Company contributions

         to the  Accounts  of the Members  employed  by such  Participating

         Company during such period.

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

                              AMENDMENT NO. 2

                                   TO THE

                                ASHLAND INC.

                           EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN

                   As Restated Effective January 1, 2003

==============================================================================

 

         WHEREAS,  Ashland  Inc.  established  the  Ashland  Inc.  Employee

Savings Plan (known as the Ashland Inc. Employee Thrift Plan before October

1, 1995)  originally  effective  June 1, 1964 for the benefit of  employees

eligible to participate therein;

         WHEREAS,  the aforesaid Plan was amended from time to time and, as

so amended,  was completely  amended and restated effective October 1, 1976

to comply with the provisions of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security

Act of 1974;

         WHEREAS,  the  aforesaid  amended  and  restated  Plan was further

amended from time to time and was completely amended and restated effective

on October 1, 1980,  on October 1, 1983,  on October 1, 1985, on October 1,

1989, on October 1, 1995 on January 1, 1997 and on January 1, 2003;

         WHEREAS,  Article 20 of the aforesaid  amended and restated  Plan,

reserves to Ashland Inc. the right to further amend the Plan; and

         WHEREAS, Ashland Inc. desires to make further amendments to the Plan;

         NOW, THEREFORE, Ashland Inc. does hereby further amend the Ashland

Inc.  Employee Savings Plan,  effective April 1, 2003, except to the extent

otherwise noted, in accordance with the following terms and conditions:

 

1.       Effective  April 1, 2003,  paragraph a new Section 8.7 is added to

         the Plan as follows:

 

         8.7  Elimination  of Arch Coal  Investment  Fund.  Notwithstanding

anything in the Plan to the contrary,  effective  September  30, 2003,  the

Arch Coal  Investment  Fund is  eliminated.  The Trustee and the Sponsoring

Company may take such actions as they agree are convenient to implement the

elimination  of this  Fund.  Any  amounts  remaining  in the  said  Fund on

September 30, 2003, shall be transferred to an investment option designated

by the Trustee and the Sponsoring  Company.  Members and  Beneficiaries may

transfer  amounts they have  invested in the Arch Coal  Investment  Fund to

other  available  investment  options  under the Plan before  September 30,

2003.

 

 

 

  

 

 

                              AMENDMENT NO. 3

                                   TO THE

                                ASHLAND INC.

                           EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN

                   As Restated Effective January 1, 2003

==============================================================================

 

         WHEREAS,  Ashland  Inc.  established  the  Ashland  Inc.  Employee

Savings Plan (known as the Ashland Inc. Employee Thrift Plan before October

1, 1995)  originally  effective  June 1, 1964 for the benefit of  employees

eligible to participate therein;

         WHEREAS,  the aforesaid Plan was amended from time to time and, as

so amended,  was completely  amended and restated effective October 1, 1976

to comply with the provisions of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security

Act of 1974;

         WHEREAS,  the  aforesaid  amended  and  restated  Plan was further

amended from time to time and was completely amended and restated effective

on October 1, 1980,  on October 1, 1983,  on October 1, 1985, on October 1,

1989, on October 1, 1995 on January 1, 1997 and on January 1, 2003;

         WHEREAS,  Article 20 of the aforesaid  amended and restated  Plan,

reserves to Ashland Inc. the right to further amend the Plan; and

         WHEREAS, Ashland Inc. desires to make further amendments to the Plan;

         NOW, THEREFORE, Ashland Inc. does hereby further amend the Ashland

Inc. Employee Savings Plan,  effective February 1, 2004, in accordance with

the following terms and conditions:

 

1. Effective February 1, 2004, as a clarification to the existing authority

already  held by the  Sponsoring  Company  and the  Trustee  to  limit  the

frequency of trades, Section 8.4 of the Plan is amended to read as follows:

 

         8.4  Transfer  Between  Investment  Funds.  A Member  may elect to

transfer all or a portion of his Account and Tax Deferred  Account from one

investment fund option  available under the trust agreement to or among any

other  investment  fund  options  available  under the trust  agreement  by

following  administrative  procedures  prescribed by the Sponsoring Company

and the  Trustee  (acting  either in tandem or  alone),  from time to time.

Those  administrative  procedures  may  include  but are not limited to the

following:

(a)  Requirements  regarding  the minimum  amount a Member may direct to be

     transferred from one investment fund to another;

(b)  Requirements  limiting the frequency  with which a Member may exchange

     amounts  between and among the investment fund options under the trust

     agreement; and

(c)  Other  requirements  that may be necessary or convenient to administer

     the  provisions  of this Section 8.4.

Investment changes under this Section 8.4 are generally effective not later

than the end of the next day  following  the day on which  such  investment

transfer  is  recorded  on the  records of the Trustee and on which the New

York Stock Exchange is open.

 

 

 

  

 

                              AMENDMENT NO. 4

                                   TO THE

                                ASHLAND INC.

                           EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN

                   As Restated Effective January 1, 2003

==============================================================================

         WHEREAS,  Ashland  Inc.  established  the  Ashland  Inc.  Employee

Savings Plan (known as the Ashland Inc. Employee Thrift Plan before October

1, 1995)  originally  effective  June 1, 1964 for the benefit of  employees

eligible to participate therein;

         WHEREAS,  the aforesaid Plan was amended from time to time and, as

so amended,  was completely  amended and restated effective October 1, 1976

to comply with the provisions of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security

Act of 1974;

         WHEREAS,  the  aforesaid  amended  and  restated  Plan was further

amended from time to time and was completely amended and restated effective

on October 1, 1980,  on October 1, 1983,  on October 1, 1985, on October 1,

1989, on October 1, 1995 on January 1, 1997 and on January 1, 2003;

         WHEREAS,  Article 20 of the aforesaid  amended and restated  Plan,

reserves to Ashland Inc. the right to further amend the Plan; and

         WHEREAS, Ashland Inc. desires to make further amendments to the Plan;

         NOW, THEREFORE, Ashland Inc. does hereby further amend the Ashland

Inc.  Employee Savings Plan,  effective at the dates  identified  below, in

accordance with the following terms and conditions:

 

1.  Effective  January 1, 2005, the following is added to the definition of

"Beneficiary" at the end of Section 2.1(f) of the Plan as follows:

 

Effective  January 1, 2005 and for  relevant  events that occur on or after

that date,  "spouse"  shall mean an  individual to whom a Member is legally

married  under  the law of the state in which the  marriage  occurred.  The

Sponsoring  Company  reserves the right to  investigate a claim of marriage

and may institute  procedures under which an individual may demonstrate the

marital status of a Member.

 

         2. Effective for  distributions of Plan benefits on or after March

28, 2005,  "$1,000" shall be substituted  for "$5,000" in Sections  13.2(b)

and 13.6(b)(2) of the Plan.

 

 

 

  

 

 

                              AMENDMENT NO. 5

                                   TO THE

                                ASHLAND INC.

                           EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN

                   As Restated Effective January 1, 2003

==============================================================================

         WHEREAS,  Ashland  Inc.  established  the  Ashland  Inc.  Employee

Savings Plan (known as the Ashland Inc. Employee Thrift Plan before October

1, 1995)  originally  effective  June 1, 1964 for the benefit of  employees

eligible to participate therein;

         WHEREAS,  the aforesaid Plan was amended from time to time and, as

so amended,  was completely  amended and restated effective October 1, 1976

to comply with the provisions of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security

Act of 1974;

         WHEREAS,  the  aforesaid  amended  and  restated  Plan was further

amended from time to time and was completely amended and restated effective

on October 1, 1980,  on October 1, 1983,  on October 1, 1985, on October 1,

1989, on October 1, 1995 on January 1, 1997 and on January 1, 2003;

         WHEREAS,  Article 20 of the aforesaid  amended and restated  Plan,

reserves to Ashland Inc. the right to further amend the Plan; and

         WHEREAS, Ashland Inc. desires to make further amendments to the Plan;

         NOW, THEREFORE, Ashland Inc. does hereby further amend the Ashland

Inc.  Employee  Savings Plan effective for  contributions  allocated to the

Plan  on  or  after   August  1,  2005  (or  as  soon   thereafter   as  is

administratively  feasible),  in accordance  with the  following  terms and

conditions:

 

1. Effective for contributions  allocated to the Plan on or after August 1,

2005, or as soon  thereafter  as is  administratively  feasible,  the first

sentence of Section 7.1(b) of the Plan is amended to read as follows:

 

Effective with respect to an eligible Member's Basic  Contributions made to

the Plan from  Compensation  processed after June 30, 2003 and allocated to

the  Plan  before  August  1,  2005,  the  Participating   Companies  shall

contribute  to the Trust,  in cash or in kind, on behalf of each Member for

whom there are Member  Basic  Contributions,  the amount  derived  from the

following table,  provided that such amount is allocated to the Plan before

August 1, 2005:

 

2. Effective for contributions  allocated to the Plan on or after August 1,

2005, or as soon thereafter as is administratively  feasible, a new Section

7.1(c) is added to the Plan as follows:

 

         (c) After July 31,  2005.  Effective  with  respect to an eligible

         Member's Basic Contributions  allocated to the Plan after July 31,

         2005, or as soon thereafter as is administratively  feasible,  the

         Participating  Companies shall contribute to the Trust, in cash or

         in kind,  on behalf of each Member for whom there are Member Basic

         Contributions, the amount derived from the following table:

 

 

	
Column 1
	 	
Column 2

	
Successive Levels of Member

Basic Contributions, as a

Percentage of Compensation, to

which Levels of Participating

Company Contributions Relate
	 	
Participating Company Contributions

as a Percentage of each Level

of Member Basic

Contributions in Column 1

	
1. at least 1% and not greater than 5%
	 	
1. 110%, to a maximum of 5.5% of Compensation

 

         Any forfeitures under the  Plan shall be used to reduce the amount

         of the Participating Companies' contributions that would otherwise

         be contributed  under this Section 7.1. The  determination  of the

         amount of the aggregate  Participating Company contributions,  and

         the payment thereof,  for each payment of Compensation for which a

         contribution  is to be made  shall be made as soon as  practicable

         after the payment of such Compensation,  as arranged, from time to

         time, between the Sponsoring  Company and the Trustee.  Subject to

         the  limitations  of Section 7.2 and Section 7.3 of the Plan,  the

         Participating  Company  contributions  made  with  regard  to each

         Member's Basic  Contributions shall be allocated to the Account of

         each such Member for the period for which such allocation is being

         made and shall be  invested  pursuant to the  Member's  investment

         election for  contributions  of the Member under Articles 5 and 6.

         Each Participating  Company's share of the aggregate Participating

         Company  contributions  for any period for which an  allocation is

         made  shall  equal  the sum of the  allocations  pursuant  to this

         Section 7.1 of such aggregate  Participating Company contributions

         to the  Accounts  of the Members  employed  by such  Participating

         Company during such period.

 

 

 

  

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 6

TO THE

ASHLAND INC.

EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN

As Restated Effective January 1, 2003

 

	 
	                
	 

 

WHEREAS,
Ashland Inc. established the Ashland Inc. Employee Savings Plan (known as the Ashland Inc. Employee Thrift Plan before October 1, 1995) originally effective June 1, 1964 for the benefit of employees eligible to participate therein;

WHEREAS,
the aforesaid Plan was amended from time to time and, as so amended, was completely amended and restated effective October 1, 1976 to comply with the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974;

WHEREAS,
the aforesaid amended and restated Plan was further amended from time to time and was completely amended and restated effective on October 1, 1980, on October 1, 1983, on October 1, 1985, on October 1, 1989, on October 1, 1995 on January 1, 1997 and on January 1, 2003;

WHEREAS,
Article 20 of the aforesaid amended and restated Plan, reserves to Ashland Inc. the right to further amend the Plan; and

WHEREAS,
Ashland Inc. desires to make further amendments to the Plan;

NOW,
THEREFORE, Ashland Inc. does hereby further amend the Ashland Inc. Employee Savings Plan effective May 1, 2006 in accordance with the following terms and conditions:

 

1. Effective May 1, 2006, the following is added to the end of Section 5.4(b) of the Plan:

 

	
  
	
(5)
	
The requirement in sub-section (1) above that Direct Rollover contributions be made in cash (including a check) shall not apply to Direct Rollover contributions made after April 30, 2006 by Employees who become Members of the Plan because of the Sponsoring Company’s acquisition of Stockhausen, LLC.  Such a Member shall be able to make a Direct Rollover contribution to the Plan that includes the note for
an outstanding plan loan under the 401(k) plan in which he or she participated immediately before the said acquisition, provided that the following requirements are met.  The portion of the Direct Rollover contribution that includes the note must be a loan offset amount as defined in Treas. Reg. §1.402(c)-2, Q&A-9 and otherwise be part of an eligible rollover (see sub-section (3) hereinabove).  Unless otherwise announced by written publication from the Sponsoring Company and the Trustee,
such a Member will have to make a Direct Rollover contribution of the total balance of such Member’s account balance in the said 401(k) plan that meets the requirements for an eligible rollover.  Additionally, a rollover contribution hereunder must be made within 30 days of May 31, 2006, in such manner as prescribed by the Sponsoring Company and Trustee.  The Trustee and the Sponsoring Company, or either of them, may prescribe such other requirements as may be deemed to be convenient
to effectuate the Direct Rollover contribution described in this sub-section (5).  Any note that is part of a Direct Rollover contribution described in this sub-section (5) shall have substantially the same schedule of repayments under substantially the same terms as applied to the repayments being made to the said the 401(k) plan.

 

2. Effective May 1, 2006, the following is added to the end of Section 8.6 of the Plan:

 

(f)    Special
Rule.  Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, the terms of any loan rolled over into the Plan pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.4(b)(5) of the Plan shall be subject to the same term and interest rate that applied to such loan immediately prior to its rollover into this Plan.  Therefore, only for purposes of these loans shall terms exceeding five years be allowed, but only if such loan satisfies the requirements of a home loan under Code section 72(p)(2)(B)(ii).  Any
loan that is rolled over into this Plan under Section 5.4(b)(5) of the Plan shall be subject to a revised amortization schedule of payments over its remaining term to account for any missed payments so that the remaining payments during the remaining loan period may be made in substantially equal monthly amounts.

 

 

 

  

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 7

TO THE

ASHLAND INC.

EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN

As Restated Effective January 1, 2003 

	 
	                
	 

WHEREAS,
Ashland Inc. established the Ashland Inc. Employee Savings Plan (known as the Ashland Inc. Employee Thrift Plan before October 1, 1995) originally effective June 1, 1964 for the benefit of employees eligible to participate therein;

WHEREAS,
the aforesaid Plan was amended from time to time and, as so amended, was completely amended and restated effective October 1, 1976 to comply with the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974;

WHEREAS,
the aforesaid amended and restated Plan was further amended from time to time and was completely amended and restated effective on October 1, 1980, on October 1, 1983, on October 1, 1985, on October 1, 1989, on October 1, 1995 on January 1, 1997 and on January 1, 2003;

WHEREAS,
Article 20 of the aforesaid amended and restated Plan, reserves to Ashland Inc. the right to further amend the Plan; and

WHEREAS,
Ashland Inc. desires to make further amendments to the Plan;

NOW,
THEREFORE, Ashland Inc. does hereby further amend the Ashland Inc. Employee Savings Plan effective as of the dates hereinafter identified in accordance with the following terms and conditions:

 

1. Effective for Compensation paid on and after January 1, 2008, paragraph (h) of Section 2.1 of the Plan is amended in its entirety as follows:

	
  
	
(h)
	
"Compensation" shall mean the salary and wages (or, if an Employee is not paid a fixed salary or wages, such other compensation as determined by the Sponsoring Company) paid by a Participating Company to an Employee during the Plan Year, including commissions, payroll continuation for sickness, overtime pay, shift
premium, variable pay and bonus amounts paid to Members who are not eligible for the Sponsoring Company’s incentive compensation bonus program that applies to Employees in compensation pay bands 21 and above (including any successor designation denoting eligibility for such incentive pay), vacation pay, any amounts contributed to the Member's Tax Deferred Account, and any amounts excluded from the Member's income under Sections 401(k), 402(h), 403(b) or 125 of the Code.  Compensation shall also
include (1) payments of unused earned or accrued vacation paid by the later of two and one-half months after a severance from employment or the end of the Plan Year in which the severance from employment occurred; (2) payments of regular pay for work performed during regular working hours or performed during extended working hours paid by the later of two and one-half months after a severance from employment or the end of the Plan Year in which the severance from employment occurred, provided that such pay would
have been paid if there had not been a severance from employment and (3) payments by reason of qualified military service (as such term is used in section 414(u) of the Code) to the extent such payments do not exceed what the individual would have received had the individual been actively performing services for the Sponsoring Company or Participating Company.  Compensation shall not include (i) incentive compensation bonuses paid to Employees in compensation pay bands 21 and above (including any successor
designation denoting eligibility for such incentive pay), (ii) amounts contributed by a Participating Company or Affiliated Company under any employee benefit plan (other than amounts contributed to a Member's Tax Deferred Account under this Plan and any amounts excluded from the Member's income under Sections 401(k), 402(h), 403(b) or 125 of the Code), (iii) amounts paid to a Member under the Ashland Inc. ERISA Forfeiture Plan or any successor plan thereto, (iv) amounts paid to a Member as stock appreciation
rights, stock options, restricted stock or units under a long term incentive program through the Ashland Inc. Long Term Incentive Plan or the Amended Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Ashland Inc. and its Subsidiaries or any successor or similar plans, (v) allowances paid by reason of foreign assignment, which are not a part of such Member's base United States salary as determined by the Sponsoring Company; (vi) remuneration determined to be disregarded under this paragraph (h) by the Sponsoring Company
under rules uniformly applicable to all similarly employees situated; (vii) lump sum severance pay or payroll continuation pay after a severance from employment; (viii) amounts deferred under and amounts paid from any nonqualified salary deferral plan; and (ix) amounts paid under the Ashland Inc. Long Term Disability Plan or any similar or successor disability pay program.  The Compensation of each Member taken into account under the Plan for any Plan Year shall not exceed $200,000.  This
amount shall be adjusted at the same time and manner as the adjustments under Section 415(d) of the Code.  Any such adjustment for a calendar year shall apply to the Plan Year that begins with or within such calendar year.  These adjustments shall only be made in increments of $5,000, rounded down to the next lowest multiple of $5,000, with the base period for determining this annual adjustment being the calendar quarter beginning July 1, 2001.

 

2. Effective as noted below, the following is added Section 3.1 of the Plan immediately after paragraph (b) thereof:

(c)  Revised Special Rule for Deferred Compensation Eligible Group.  Effective January 1, 2007, the special restrictions on elections for contributions to the Plan described in paragraph (b) immediately above imposed on
the Employees described in paragraph (b) immediately above shall not apply to elections for contributions to the Plan for the 2007 Plan Year to the extent such Employees did not make an irrevocable election under the Ashland Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Employees (2005) to have their contributions under this Plan spill over to the Ashland Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Employees (2005) once the limits on contributions to this Plan for the 2007 Plan Year are met.  Effective January 1, 2008,
the Employees described in paragraph (b) immediately above shall be eligible to make and change their contributions to the Plan on the same basis and under the same rules that apply to all other Employees who are Members of the Plan.  If the Employees described in paragraph (b) immediately above again become eligible to make an irrevocable election to have their contributions under this Plan spill over to the Ashland Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Employees (2005) once the limits on contributions
to this Plan for a particular Plan Year are met, then the rules of this paragraph (c) shall be applied without regard to the change that is effective January 1, 2008.

 

3. Effective August 1, 2007, the following new Section 4.2 is added to Article 4 of the Plan:

4.2  Automatic Enrollment.

(a)  Eligible Group.  Except as otherwise provided, this Section 4.2 shall apply to all Employees who are eligible to participate in the Plan in accordance with Article 3 of the Plan and who are hired, re-hired or otherwise
becomes eligible to be a Plan Member after July 31, 2007.  This Section 4.2 shall not apply to hourly paid Employees of Valvoline Instant Oil Change who are eligible to participate in the Plan in accordance with Article 3 of the Plan.  The Employees to whom this Section 4.2 applies shall be referred to as a Section 4.2 Employee.

(b)  Automatic Contribution.  Each Section 4.2 Employee will be automatically enrolled to contribute 5% of Compensation.  These contributions will start to be withheld from a Section 4.2 Employee’s
Compensation within 60 days of first becoming a Section 4.2 Employee, or as soon thereafter as is administratively convenient.  Each Section 4.2 Employee will be notified approximately 30 days before contributions are withheld from Compensation of Employee’s rights to abstain from making contributions and to make contributions in another amount permitted under the Plan.  Any contribution from Compensation made pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be treated in all respects under the Plan
as a contribution for which there has been an affirmative election under the provisions of Articles 5 and 6 of the Plan.

(c)  Investments.  The notice referred to in paragraph (b) above shall also inform the Section 4.2 Employee of his or her right to direct how his or her contributions will be invested.  The notice will also
identify the default investment in which the Section 4.2 Employee’s contributions will be invested in the event he or she fails to elect how his or her contributions will be invested.  The Sponsoring Company and the Trustee shall, from time to time, designate the default investment pursuant to the rules of Article 8 and the terms of the Trust.

 

4. Effective January 1, 2007, the following is added to the end of Section 5.1 of the Plan as clarification of the historic interpretation and application of
the Plan rules:

For all purposes of the Plan, a Member’s contributions and the Participating Company contributions under Article 7 of the Plan with respect thereto are determined on the basis of the Compensation paid to the Member for each periodic pay period for which the Member is paid.

 

5.  Effective January 5, 2007, the following new Section 8.8 is added to Article 8 of the Plan:

8.8  Brokerage Link.  Consistent with the applicable provisions of amendment
29 to the Trust and any relevant subsequent changes thereto, a brokerage link investment option shall be made available to Members and Beneficiaries.  Investments in the brokerage link shall be subject to such limitations as the Trustee applies, consistent with the applicable provisions of the Trust, as amended from time to time, and with the provisions of the Plan.  Among the rules and limitations that apply to investments in the brokerage link are the following:

 

(a)  The minimum required investment in the brokerage link is $2,500.  Such amount must be transferred to the brokerage link from other investments under the Plan before contributions may be made to the brokerage link and before subsequent transfers may be made to the brokerage link.

(b)  After funding the brokerage link with the minimum amount, subsequent transfers to it must be in amounts of not less than $1,000, and be subject to such other administrative procedures and rules as prescribed by the Trustee.

(c)  No transfer to a brokerage link under (a) or (b) above, determined at the time of transfer, may result in less than 50% of a Member’s or Beneficiary’s total Account being invested in investment options other than the brokerage link, as determined by the Trustee.

(d)  Member contributions under Articles 5 and 6 and Participating Company Contributions under Article 7 may only be designated by a Member for investment in the brokerage account pursuant to such procedures, rules and limitations as may be prescribed by the Trustee in cooperation with the Plan Sponsor, from time to time.

(e)  For purposes of determining the amount of a loan available under Section 8.6 of the Plan, amounts invested in the brokerage account are included, but no loan may exceed the amount of an Account that is not invested in the brokerage link.

Investments in the brokerage link investment option shall be subject to such other rules, procedures and limitations as may be prescribed by the Trustee or Sponsoring Company, so long as they agree to the same.  The provisions of this Section 8.8 shall apply to the relevant portions of other provisions in the Plan.

 

6.  Effective January 1, 2008, the Roman numbered clauses of paragraph (b) of Section 12.3 of the Plan are completely restated as follows:

 

	 	 (i)	 	
medical expenses described in Section 213(d) of the Code incurred by the Member, the Member’s Spouse, any dependents of the Member (as defined in Code Section 152, determined without regard to subsections (b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B) thereof) or the Member’s primary designated Beneficiary under the Plan;

	 	 (ii)	 	
the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the Member;

	 	 (iii)	 	
the payment of tuition for the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Member, Member's Spouse, Member's children or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152, determined without regard to subsections (b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B) thereof) or the Member’s
primary Beneficiary designated under the Plan;

	 	 (iv)	 	
payments necessary to prevent eviction from the Member’s principal residence or the foreclosure of the mortgage on that residence;

	 	 (v)	 	
payments for burial or funeral expenses for the Member’s deceased parent, Spouse, children or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152, determined without regard to subsections (b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B) thereof) or the Member’s deceased primary Beneficiary designated under the Plan (as determined on the day before such Beneficiary’s
death);

	 	 (vi)	 	
other events which are adopted by the Sponsoring Company and which are deemed immediate and heavy financial needs by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue through the publication of revenue rulings, notices, and other documents of general applicability; or

	 	 (vii)	 	
any other set of relevant facts and circumstances which, in the sole discretion of the Sponsoring Company, based upon an objective analysis of the particular facts and circumstances, constitutes an immediate and heavy financial need.

 

7.  Effective for distributions on or after January 1, 2007, the following is added at the end of paragraph (a) of Section 13.6 of the Plan:

Additionally, a Beneficiary that meets the requirements of a designated beneficiary under section 401(a)(9)(E) of the Code and who is not the deceased Member’s surviving Spouse may elect to transfer an Eligible Rollover Distribution to an Eligible Retirement Plan.

 

8.  Effective for distributions on or after January 1, 2007, the following is added at the end of sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph (f) of Section 13.6 of the Plan:

With respect to a Beneficiary who is not the deceased Member’s Spouse, as referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section 13.6, only an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity as described in Code sections 408(a) and 408(b), respectively, shall be an Eligible Retirement Plan which must be treated as an inherited individual
retirement plan or annuity within the meaning of section 408(d)(3)(C) of the Code.  For distributions on and after January 1, 2008, a Roth IRA as defined in section 408A of the Code shall also be an Eligible Retirement Plan, except with regard to a Beneficiary who is not the deceased Member’s Spouse.  Any distribution to a Roth IRA shall comply with such other requirements as apply under section 408A of the Code.

 

9.  Effective for distributions on or after January 1, 2007, the following is added at the end of sub-paragraph (2) (III) of paragraph (f) of Section 13.6 of the Plan:

Effective for distributions after December 31, 2006, the provisions of this (III) shall also apply to any qualified trust under section 401(a) of the Code or annuity contract under section 403(b) of the Code.

 

 

 

  

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 8

TO THE

ASHLAND INC.

EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN

As Restated Effective January 1, 2003

 

	 
	                
	 

 

WHEREAS,
Ashland Inc. established the Ashland Inc. Employee Savings Plan (known as the Ashland Inc. Employee Thrift Plan before October 1, 1995) originally effective June 1, 1964 for the benefit of employees eligible to participate therein;

WHEREAS,
the aforesaid Plan was amended from time to time and, as so amended, was completely amended and restated effective October 1, 1976 to comply with the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974;

WHEREAS,
the aforesaid amended and restated Plan was further amended from time to time and was completely amended and restated effective on October 1, 1980, on October 1, 1983, on October 1, 1985, on October 1, 1989, on October 1, 1995 on January 1, 1997 and on January 1, 2003;

WHEREAS,
Article 20 of the aforesaid amended and restated Plan, reserves to Ashland Inc. the right to further amend the Plan; and

WHEREAS,
Ashland Inc. desires to make further amendments to the Plan;

NOW,
THEREFORE, Ashland Inc. does hereby further amend the Ashland Inc. Employee Savings Plan effective as of November 1, 2008 in accordance with the following terms and conditions:

 

1. Paragraph (d) of Section 1.1 of the Plan is amended in its entirety as follows:

	
  
	
(d) ESOP.  Effective November 1, 2008, the Ashland Common Stock Fund described in Section 8.1(a) of the Plan and as described in the Trust is designated as both a discretionary contribution stock bonus plan and an employee stock ownership plan (hereinafter “ESOP”), qualified under sections 401(a)
and 4975(e)(7) of the Code.  This designation shall apply to all of the assets invested in the Ashland Common Stock Fund, whether invested before or after November 1, 2008.  The assets of the part of the Plan designated as an ESOP may be invested, without limitation, in qualifying employer securities, as defined in Section 407(d)(5) of ERISA, and provide benefits for the Participating Companies' eligible employees and their beneficiaries primarily through the distribution of Ashland Inc. common
stock or other Employer Securities.  For all purposes under the Plan, Employer Securities shall mean either common stock issued by a Participating Company or by an Affiliated Company or the Sponsoring Company which is a member of the same controlled group of corporations (as determined under Section 409(l)(4) of the Code) as the applicable Participating Company which is readily tradable on an established securities market, or noncallable preferred stock issued by either such a Participating Company
or such an Affiliated Company or the Sponsoring Company which is convertible at any time into common stock as described above, if such conversion is at a price which, as of the date of acquisition by the Plan, is reasonable, as determined under Section 409(l) of the Code.

 

2. Effective January 1, 2008, the following sentence is added immediately after the first sentence of Section 7.4(d):

For this purpose, effective January 1, 2008, Limitation Year Compensation shall also include the Compensation described in clauses (1)-(3) of Section 2.1(h).

 

 3. Effective November 1, 2008, Section 8.9 is added to Plan as follows:

8.9  Diversification of ESOP.  Each Member who has some portion of his or her Account and/or Tax Deferred Account invested in the part of the Plan that is an ESOP may elect to
change the percentage of his or her contributions and the contributions made on his or her behalf under Articles 5, 6 and 7 to the ESOP and may elect to exchange amounts invested in the ESOP with any other investment option under the Plan in the same manner as such a Member may make investment elections with regard to the other investment options under the Plan.

 

4. Effective November 1, 2008, Section 8.10 is added to the Plan as follows:

8.10  Dividends on Employer Securities.  Unless otherwise directed by the Sponsoring Company, cash dividends paid to the Trust on Employer Securities that are allocated to Members' investments in the portion of the
Plan designated as an ESOP under Section 1.1(d) of the Plan, shall be distributed to Members or their Beneficiaries, in accordance with the election of such Members or Beneficiaries.  Members and Beneficiaries shall be given a reasonable opportunity before the payment of a cash dividend to elect whether to have it reinvested in the Member’s or Beneficiary’s investment in the ESOP or receive it as a cash distribution.  Any such distribution shall be made in cash to the applicable
Members or Beneficiaries not later than 90 days after the close of the Plan Year in which the dividend was paid.  If a Member or Beneficiary fails to make an affirmative election, the dividend will be reinvested in the Member’s or Beneficiary’s investment in the ESOP.  Members and Beneficiaries will be able to change their elections at least annually.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, no dividend of less than $10.00 may be distributed to a Member
or Beneficiary.  In this event such a dividend shall be reinvested in the Member’s or Beneficiary’s investment in the ESOP.  The Sponsoring Company and the Trustee may institute administrative rules consistent with applicable law to collect, administer and implement elections under this Section 8.10.

 

5. Effective January 1, 2008, a new paragraph (vi) is added to Section 12.3(b) and the existing paragraphs (vi) and (vii) therein become (vii) and (viii):

	
  
	
(vi)
	
expenses to repair damage to the Member’s principal residence that would qualify for the casualty deduction under Section 165 of the Code (without regard to
whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income);

 

6. Effective November 1, 2008, the following paragraphs (b) and (c) are added to Section 13.4 of the Plan:

(b) ESOP.  Subject to the relevant terms of paragraph (a) of this Section 13.4, effective November 1, 2008, the part of a Member’s or Beneficiary’s distribution consisting of his or her investment
in the ESOP may be distributed as cash or in kind in whole shares of the Employer Securities allocated to such investment with any fractional shares thereof paid in cash, as elected by such Member or Beneficiary in such manner and at such time consistent with the other terms of the Plan and as may be prescribed by the Sponsoring Company, from time to time.

(c) Distribution Exceptions.  Effective November 1, 2008, notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, and to the extent permissible under law, if the Employer Securities held in the portion of the Plan designated as an ESOP have been held by the Plan for
at least the prior five Plan Years, the following distribution rules may apply to such amounts:

	(1) 	
The Sponsoring Company retains the discretion to eliminate the single sum optional form of benefit in a nondiscriminatory manner.

	(2) 	
The Sponsoring Company retains the discretion to eliminate in-kind distributions of Employer Securities from the ESOP and to substitute the same with cash distributions, in a non-discriminatory manner, under any one of the following circumstances:

	 	(A)	
the portion of the Plan relating to the ESOP ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan and stock bonus plan within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code;

	 	(B)	substantially all of the shares of Employer Securities held by or allocable to the ESOP are sold in connection with a sale of substantially all of a Participating Company or the company which issued such securities;
	 	(C)	
the shares of Employer Securities cease to be readily tradable; provided, however, that a distributee shall have the right to demand a distribution of common stock in such form and manner, and at such time (not later than 60 days after such distributee's entitlement to such distribution) as the Sponsoring Company may from time to time prescribe;

	 	(D)	
substantially all of the stock or assets of a trade or business of a Participating Company or the company which issued the shares of common stock are sold and the purchasing employer continues to maintain the Plan (in this case, distributions in the form of employer securities of the purchasing employer may be made instead of or in addition to cash); and

	 	(E)	any other circumstances permissible under law.

 

7. Effective January 1, 2009, “180” is substituted for “90” where “90” appears in Section 13.2(b).

 

 

 

  

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 9

TO THE

ASHLAND INC.

EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN

As Restated Effective January 1, 2003

	 
	                
	 

WHEREAS,
Ashland Inc. established the Ashland Inc. Employee Savings Plan (known as the Ashland Inc. Employee Thrift Plan before October 1, 1995) originally effective June 1, 1964 for the benefit of employees eligible to participate therein;

WHEREAS,
the aforesaid Plan was amended from time to time and, as so amended, was completely amended and restated effective October 1, 1976 to comply with the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974;

WHEREAS,
the aforesaid amended and restated Plan was further amended from time to time and was completely amended and restated effective on October 1, 1980, on October 1, 1983, on October 1, 1985, on October 1, 1989, on October 1, 1995 on January 1, 1997 and on January 1, 2003;

WHEREAS,
Article 20 of the aforesaid amended and restated Plan, reserves to Ashland Inc. the right to further amend the Plan; and

WHEREAS,
Ashland Inc. desires to make further amendments to the Plan;

NOW,
THEREFORE, Ashland Inc. does hereby further amend the Ashland Inc. Employee Savings Plan effective as of February 1, 2009 in accordance with the following terms and conditions:

 

1. A new paragraph (d) is added to Section 7.1 of the Plan as follows:

	 	
(d)
	
After January 31, 2009.  Effective with respect to an eligible Member’s Basic Contributions allocated to the Plan after January 31,
2009, or as soon thereafter as is administratively feasible, the Participating Companies shall contribute to the Trust, in cash or in kind (which may include common stock of the Sponsoring Company, as determined and directed by the Sponsoring Company, from time to time, acquired and contributed hereto in a manner consistent with that allowed under Section 8.1(a) of the Plan), on behalf of each Member for whom there are Member Basic Contributions,
in the amount derived from the following table:

	
  
	 

 

	
Column 1

Successive Levels of Member Basic Contributions, 

as a Percentage of Compensation, to 

which Levels of Participating Company 

Contributions Relate
	
Column 2

Participating Company Contributions as a 

Percentage of each Level of Member Basic 

Contributions in Column 1

	
1.  at least 1% and not greater than 5%
	
1.  110%, to a maximum of 5.5% of Compensation

 

Any forfeiture under the Plan shall be used to reduce the amount of the Participating Companies’ contributions that would otherwise be contributed under this Section 7.1.  The determination of the amount of the aggregate Participating Company contributions, and the payment thereof, for each payment of Compensation for which
a contribution is to be made shall be made as soon as practicable after the payment of such Compensation, as arranged, from time to time, between the Sponsoring Company and the Trustee.  Subject to the limitations of Section 7.2 and Section 7.3 of the Plan, the Participating Company contributions made with regard to each Member’s Basic Contributions shall be allocated to the Account of each such Member for the period for which such allocation is being made and shall be invested as follows:

(i)  If such Participating Company contributions are made directly to the Plan in common stock of the Sponsoring Company as is allowed hereinabove, then such contributions shall be invested in Fund A – Ashland Common Stock Fund, which shall, once allocated to a Member’s Account, be subject to the Member’s ability
to exchange out of that investment pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.9 of the Plan.

(ii) If such Participating Company contributions are made in cash and not in common stock of the Sponsoring Company, then such contributions shall be invested pursuant to the Member’s investment election for contributions of the Member under Articles 5 and 6.

 

Each Participating Company's share of the aggregate Participating Company contributions for any period for which an allocation is made shall equal the sum of the allocations pursuant to this Section 7.1 of such aggregate Participating Company contributions to the Accounts of the Members employed by such Participating Company during such period.ex10_1.htm

    Exhibit
10.1

    

    [Execution]

    RATIFICATION AND AMENDMENT
AGREEMENT

    

    This
RATIFICATION AND AMENDMENT AGREEMENT (the “Ratification Agreement”) dated as of
January 23, 2009, is by and among Wachovia Capital Finance Corporation
(Central), in its capacity as agent acting for and on behalf of the
parties to the Loan Agreement (as hereinafter defined) as lenders (in such
capacity, “Agent”), the parties to the Loan Agreement as lenders (each
individually a “Lender” and collectively, “Lenders”), Hartmarx Corporation, a
Delaware corporation, as Debtor and Debtor-in-Possession (“US Borrower”),
Coppley Apparel Group Limited, an Ontario corporation (“Canadian Borrower”), and
together with US Borrower, each individually, a “Borrower” and collectively,
“Borrowers”), each of the companies listed on Exhibit A hereto, each as Debtor
and Debtor-in-Possession (each, individually, a “Guarantor” and collectively,
“Guarantors”).

    

    W I T N E S S E T
H:

    

    WHEREAS,
US Borrower and each Guarantor (collectively, the “Debtors”) has commenced a
case under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (as hereinafter defined) in the
Bankruptcy Court (as hereinafter defined) and US Borrower and each Guarantor has
retained possession of its assets and is authorized under the Bankruptcy Code to
continue the operation of its businesses as a debtor-in-possession;

    

    WHEREAS,
prior to the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases (as hereinafter defined),
Agent and Lenders made loans and advances and provided other financial
accommodations to Borrowers secured by substantially all assets and properties
of Borrowers and Guarantors as set forth in the Existing Financing Agreements
(as hereinafter defined);

    

    WHEREAS,
the Bankruptcy Court has entered a Financing Order (as hereinafter defined)
pursuant to which, among other things, Agent and Lenders may make post-petition
loans and advances and provide other financial accommodations to Borrowers
secured by the Collateral (as hereinafter defined) as set forth in the Financing
Order and the Financing Agreements (as hereinafter defined);

    

    WHEREAS,
the Financing Order provides that as a condition to the making of such
post-petition loans, advances and other financial accommodations, Borrowers and
Guarantors shall execute and deliver this Ratification Agreement;

    

    WHEREAS,
Borrowers and Guarantors desire to reaffirm their obligations to Agent and
Lenders pursuant to the Existing Financing Agreements and acknowledge their
continuing liabilities to Agent and Lenders thereunder in order to induce Agent
and Lenders to make such post-petition loans and advances and provide such other
financial accommodations to Borrowers; and

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    WHEREAS,
Borrowers and Guarantors have requested that Agent and Lenders make
post-petition loans and advances and provide other financial accommodations to
Borrowers and make certain amendments to the Loan Agreement (as hereinafter
defined), and Agent and Lenders are willing to do so, subject to the terms and
conditions contained herein.

    

    NOW,
THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants and
agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Agent, Lenders,
Borrowers and Guarantors mutually covenant, warrant and agree as
follows:

    

    1.      DEFINITIONS.

    
            1.1   Additional
Definitions.  As used herein, the following terms shall have
the respective meanings given to them below and the Loan Agreement and the other
Financing Agreements shall be deemed and are hereby amended to include, in
addition and not in limitation, each of the following definitions:

    

    (a)  “Bankruptcy
Code” shall mean the United States Bankruptcy Code, being Title 11 of the United
States Code as enacted in 1978, as the same has heretofore been or may hereafter
be amended, recodified, modified or supplemented, together with all rules,
regulations and interpretations thereunder or related thereto.

    

    (b)  “Bankruptcy
Court” shall mean the United States Bankruptcy Court or the United States
District Court for the Northern District of Illinois.

    

    (c)  “Budget”
shall mean the initial thirteen (13) week budget to be delivered to Agent in
accordance with Section 5.3(a) hereof, in form and substance satisfactory to
Agent and Required Lenders, setting forth the Projected Information for the
periods covered thereby, together with any subsequent or amended budgets thereto
and/or any updates to the initial thirteen (13) week Budget delivered to Agent
in accordance with 5.3 hereof, all in form and substance satisfactory to Agent,
in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof; provided, however, that any
subsequent or Budgets and any amendments and/or updates to the initial thirteen
(13) week Budget shall not provide for the payment or transfer of cash to
Canadian Borrower without the consent of the Required Lenders.

     

    (d)  “Cash
Management Agreement” shall mean that certain Master Cash Management Services
Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2003, by and among US Borrower, each of the
Sub Entities (as defined therein) and Bank of America, N.A., as successor to
LaSalle Bank National Association, including all supplements and amendments with
respect thereto, as in effect immediately prior to the Petition
Date.

     

    (e)  “Chapter
11 Cases” shall mean the Chapter 11 cases of US Borrower and Guarantors which
are being jointly administered under the Bankruptcy Code and are pending in the
Bankruptcy Court.

    

    (f)  “Debtors”
shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto and shall include,
without limitation, their respective successors and assigns (including any
trustee or other 

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        2

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

     

    fiduciary
hereafter appointed as its legal representative or with respect to the property
of the estate of such Person, whether under (as applicable) Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code or any subsequent Chapter 7 case, and its successor upon
conclusion of (as applicable) the Chapter 11 Case of such Person).

     

    (g)  “Eligible
Intellectual Property” shall mean all Specified Intellectual Property of any
Borrower or Borrowing Base Guarantor which is and shall continue to be
acceptable to Agent based on the criteria set forth below.  In
general, Specified Intellectual Property shall be Eligible Intellectual Property
if: (a) such Intellectual Property
is in full force and effect; (b) such Borrower or Borrowing Base Guarantor owns
the sole, full and clear title thereto; (c) such Intellectual Property is
subject to the first priority, valid and perfected security interest of Agent
and is not subject to any other
liens, claims, mortgages, assignments, licenses, security interests or
encumbrances of any nature whatsoever, except for any licenses or junior
encumbrances expressly permitted hereunder; (d) such Intellectual
Property is not presently subject to any infringement or unauthorized use or
claims that would adversely affect the fair market value thereof or the benefits
of this Agreement granted to Agent with respect thereto, including, without
limitation, the validity, priority or perfection of the security interest
granted herein or the remedies of Agent hereunder; (e) there are no facts,
events or occurrences which would impair the validity, enforceability or
usability of such Intellectual Property; (f) there are no proceedings or actions
which are threatened or pending against any third parties who purport to have a
claim, right or interest with respect to such Intellectual Property that Agent
determines in good faith could reasonably be expected to result in any material
adverse change in any such third party’s financial condition (including, without
limitation, any bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation, reorganization or similar
proceeding), and (g) Specified Intellectual Property for which Agent shall have
received the following items, each in form and substance satisfactory to Agent:
(i) a Trademark Security Document, duly authorized, executed and delivered
by the applicable Borrowers and Borrowing Base Guarantors in favor of Agent (to
the extent not already delivered to Agent in connection with the Existing
Financing Agreements); and (ii) a written appraisal, in
form, scope and methodology acceptable to Agent and performed by an appraiser
acceptable to Agent, addressed to Agent and upon which Agent and Lenders are
expressly permitted to rely; and (iii) all consents, waivers,
acknowledgments, agreements and approvals from third parties which Agent may
deem necessary or desirable in
accordance with the policies and practices of Agent.  Any
Specified Intellectual Property which is not Eligible Intellectual Property
shall nevertheless be part of the Collateral.

    

    (h)  “Existing
Financing Agreements” shall mean the Financing Agreements (as defined in the
Existing Loan Agreement), including, without limitation, the Existing Loan
Agreement, the Existing Trademark Security Documents, and the Existing Guarantor
Documents, in each instance, as in effect immediately prior to the Petition
Date.

    

    (i)  “Existing
Guarantor Documents” shall mean, the Guarantee, dated August 30, 2002, by
certain Guarantors in favor of Agent, as heretofore amended, as in effect
immediately prior to the Petition Date.

    

    (j)  “Existing
Loan Agreement” shall mean the Loan and Security Agreement, dated August 30,
2002, by and among Agent, Lenders, Borrowers and Guarantors, as amended

     

     

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        3

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

     

    by
Amendment No. 1 to Loan and Security Agreement, dated February 25, 2003,
Amendment No. 2 to Loan and Security Agreement, dated July 22, 2004, Amendment No. 3 to Loan and Security Agreement, dated
January 3, 2005, Amendment
No. 4 to Loan and Security Agreement, dated October 31, 2005, Amendment
No. 5 to Loan and Security Agreement dated September 29, 2006, Amendment
No. 6 to Loan and Security Agreement, dated May 26, 2007, and Amendment No. 7 to
Loan and Security Agreement, dated March 14, 2008, and otherwise as in
effect immediately prior to the Petition Date.

    

    (k)  “Existing
Trademark Security Documents” shall mean, collectively (i) the Trademark
Security Agreement, dated August 30, 2002, by US Borrower, Hart Schaffner, HMX,
Hickey, International, Jaymay, M. Wile, Consolidated, Country Miss, Direct,
Hartmarx International, Yorke and Canadian Borrower in favor of Agent, (ii) the
Trademark Security Agreement, dated July 22, 2004 by Exclusively Misook Apparel,
Inc. (f/k/a EM Acquisition Corp.) in favor of Agent, (iii) the Trademark
Security Agreement, dated October 31, 2005, by SB Acquisition Corp. in favor of
Agent, (iv) the Trademark Security Agreement, dated September 29, 2006, by
Sweater.com Apparel, Inc. in favor of Agent, (v) the Trademark Security
Agreement, dated May 26, 2007, by Zooey Apparel, Inc. in favor of Agent,
and (vi) the Trademark Security Agreement, dated March 14, 2008, by Monarchy
Group, Inc. in favor of Agent, each as heretofore amended, as in effect
immediately prior to the Petition Date.

    

    (l)  “Final
Financing Order” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.10
hereof.

    

    (m)  “Financing
Order” shall mean the Interim Financing Order, the Final Financing Order and
such other orders relating thereto or authorizing the granting of credit by
Agent and Lenders to Borrowers on an emergency, interim or permanent basis
pursuant to Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code as may be issued or entered by
the Bankruptcy Court in the Chapter 11 Cases.

    

    (n)  “Guarantor
Documents” shall mean, collectively, the Existing Guarantor Documents, as
amended by this Ratification Agreement, in each instance, as the same now exists
or may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated
or replaced.

    

    (o)  “Interim
Financing Order” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.9
hereof.

    

    (p)  “Intellectual
Property Availability” shall mean the amount of $30,000,000; provided, that, such amount may
be reduced, at Agent’s option, to reflect (a) any sales of Eligible Intellectual
Property, or (b) any other circumstance that may adversely affect the amount
that may be recovered by Agent from the sale or other disposition of the
Intellectual Property of Borrowers and Guarantors.

    

    (q)  “Material
Budget Deviation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(c)
hereof.

     

     

    
 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        4

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    (r)  “Obligor”
shall mean any guarantor, endorser, acceptor, surety or other person liable on
or with respect to the Obligations or who is the owner of any property which is
security for the Obligations (including, without limitation, Guarantors), other
than Borrowers.

    

    (s)   “Petition
Date” shall mean the date of the commencement of the Chapter 11
Cases.

    

    (t)  “Post-Petition
Collateral” shall mean, collectively, all now existing and hereafter acquired
real and personal property of each Debtor's estate, wherever located, of any
kind, nature or description, including any such property in which a lien is
granted to Agent pursuant to the Financing Agreements, the Financing Order or
any other order entered or issued by the Bankruptcy Court, and shall include,
without limitation:

    

    (i)           all
of the Pre-Petition Collateral;

    

    (ii)          all
Accounts;

    

    (iii)         all
general intangibles, including, without limitation, all  Intellectual
Property;

    

    (iv)         all
goods, including, without limitation, all Inventory and all
Equipment;

    

    (v)          all
Real Property and fixtures;

    

    (vi)         all
chattel paper, including, without limitation, all tangible and electronic
chattel paper;

    

    (vii)        all
instruments, including, without limitation, all promissory notes;

    

    (viii)       all
documents;

    

    (ix)         all
deposit accounts;

    

    (x)          all
letters of credit, banker's acceptances and similar instruments and including
all letter-of-credit rights;

    

    (xi)         all
supporting obligations and all present and future liens, security interests,
rights, remedies, title and interest in, to and in respect of Receivables and
other Collateral, including (a) rights and remedies under or relating to
guaranties, contracts of suretyship, letters of credit and credit and other
insurance related to the Collateral, (b) rights of stoppage in transit,
replevin, repossession, reclamation and other rights and remedies of an unpaid
vendor, lienor or secured party, (c) goods described in invoices, documents,
contracts or instruments with respect to, or otherwise representing or
evidencing, Receivables or other Collateral, including returned, repossessed and
reclaimed goods, and (d) deposits by and property of account debtors or other
persons securing the obligations of account debtors;

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        5

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    (xii)        all
(A) investment property (including securities, whether certificated or
uncertificated, securities accounts, security entitlements, commodity contracts
or commodity accounts) and (B) monies, credit balances, deposits and other
property of Borrowers and Guarantors now or hereafter held or received by or in
transit to Agent, any Lender or their respective Affiliates or at any other
depository or other institution from or for the account of Borrowers or
Guarantors, whether for safekeeping, pledge, custody, transmission, collection
or otherwise;

    

    (xiii)       all
commercial tort claims;

    

    (xiv)       to
the extent not otherwise described above, all Receivables;

    

    (xv)        all
Records;

    

    (xvi)       as
to Canadian Borrower only, a hypothec to and in favor of Canadian Lender (as
agent for itself and US Lender) to the extent of the sum of C$30,000,000 in
lawful money of Canada with interest thereon at the rate of twenty-five (25%)
percent, with respect to all of its rights and interests to the
Collateral;

    

    (xvii)      all
claims, rights, interests, assets and properties (recovered by or on behalf of
each Borrower and Guarantor or any trustee of such Borrower or Guarantor
(whether in the Chapter 11 Cases or any subsequent cases to which any of the
Chapter 11 Cases may converted), including, without limitation, all property
recovered as a result of transfers or obligations avoided or actions maintained
or taken pursuant to Sections 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, 550, 551 and 553 of the
Bankruptcy Code; and

    

    (xviii)     
all products and proceeds of the foregoing, in any form, including insurance
proceeds and all claims against third parties for loss or damage to or
destruction of or other involuntary conversion of any kind or nature of any or
all of the other Collateral.

    

    (u)  “Post-Petition
Obligations” shall mean all Obligations (as defined in the Existing Loan
Agreement) arising on and after the Petition Date and whether arising on or
after the conversion or dismissal of the Chapter 11 Cases, or before, during and
after the confirmation of any plan of reorganization in the Chapter 11 Cases,
and whether arising under or related to this Ratification Agreement, the Loan
Agreement, the Guarantor Documents, the other Financing Agreements, a Financing
Order, by operation of law or otherwise, and whether incurred by such Borrower
or Guarantor as principal, surety, endorser, guarantor or otherwise and
including, without limitation, all principal, interest, financing charges,
letter of credit fees, unused line fees, servicing fees, line increase fees,
debtor-in-possession facility fees, early termination fees, other fees,
commissions, costs, expenses and attorneys', accountants' and consultants' fees
and expenses incurred in connection with any of the foregoing.

    .

    (v)  “Pre-Petition
Collateral” shall mean, collectively, (i) all “Collateral” as such term is
defined in the Existing Loan Agreement as in effect immediately prior to the
Petition Date, (ii) all “Collateral” as such term is defined in each of the
other Existing Financing 

     

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        6

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    Agreements
as in effect immediately prior to the Petition Date, and (iii) all other
security for the Pre-Petition Obligations as provided in the Existing Loan
Agreement, the Existing Trademark Security Documents, the Existing Guarantors
Documents, and the other Existing Financing Agreements immediately prior to the
Petition Date.

    

    (w)  “Pre-Petition
Obligations” shall mean all Obligations (as such term is defined in the Existing
Loan Agreement) arising at any time before the Petition Date.

    

    (x)  “Projected
Information” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(a)
hereof.

    

    (y)  “Ratification
Agreement” shall mean this Ratification and Amendment Agreement by and among
Borrowers, Guarantors, Agent and Lenders, as the same now exists or may
hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or
replaced.

    

    (z)  “Side
Letter Agreement” shall mean the letter agreement, dated as of the date of the
Ratification Agreement, among Agent, Borrowers and Guarantors, providing for
certain terms and conditions for the potential sale of all or substantially all
of the assets and properties of Borrowers and Guarantors and the retention of an
investment banker in connection therewith, as the same now exists or may
hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or
replaced.

    

    (aa)  “Specified
Intellectual Property” shall mean the Trademarks and related Collateral (as each
such term is defined in the Existing Trademark Security Documents) owned by
Borrowers and Borrowing Base Guarantors commonly referred to as “Simply
Blue”, “Monarchy”, “Exclusively Misook”, “Hickey Freeman” and “Hart Schaffner
Marx” which are subject to the appraisal report, dated January 7, 2009, prepared
by Valuation Research Corporation.

    

    (bb)  “Specified
Overadvance Limit” shall mean the amount of $2,000,000; provided, that, such amount may
be increased by Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders to an amount not
to exceed $7,000,000, which consent shall be deemed given by any Lender that
either consents to any request by Agent for an increase in such amount or does
not object to any such request within forty-eight (48) hours following notice by
electronic mail from Agent to Lenders.

    

                1.2   Amendments to
Definitions.

    

    (a)  Applicable
Margin.  The definition of “Applicable Margin” set forth in
Section 1.7 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such Section in
its entirety and replacing it with the following:

    

    “1.7  [Intentionally
Deleted.]”

    

    (b)  Collateral.  All
references to the term “Collateral” in the Loan Agreement or the other Financing
Agreements, or any other term referring to the security for the Pre-Petition

     

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        7

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    Obligations,
shall be deemed, and each such reference is hereby amended to mean,
collectively, the Pre-Petition Collateral and the Post-Petition
Collateral.

    

    (c)  Eligible
Accounts.  The definition of “Eligible Accounts” set forth in
Section 1.46 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference
to “in each case which are and continue to be eligible based on the criteria set
forth below” and replacing it with the following:

    

    “, in
each case which are and continue to be acceptable to Agent in its sole
discretion”.

    

    (d)  Financing
Agreements.  All references to the term “Financing Agreements”
in the Loan Agreement or the other Financing Agreements shall be deemed, and
each such reference is hereby amended, to include, in addition and not in
limitation, this Ratification Agreement and all of the Existing Financing
Agreements, as ratified, assumed and adopted by each Borrower and Guarantor
pursuant to the terms hereof, as amended and supplemented hereby, the Side
Letter Agreement and the Financing Order, as each of the same now exists or may
hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or
replaced.

    

    (e)  GAAP.  The
definition of GAAP set forth in Section 1.66 of the Loan Agreement is hereby
amended by deleting the exception at the end of such definition and replacing it
with the following:

    

    “except
that, for purposes of Section 9.17 hereof, GAAP shall be determined on the basis
of such principles in effect on the date of the Ratification Agreement and
consistent with those used in the preparation of the most recent audited
financial statements delivered to Agent prior to the date of the Ratification
Agreement.”

    

    (f)  Interest
Rate.  The definition of “Interest Rate” set forth in Section
1.81 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such Section in its
entirety and replacing it with the following:

    

    “1.81  ‘Interest
Rate’ shall mean,

    

    (a)  Subject
to clause (b) of this definition below:

    

    (i)  as
to all US Prime Rate Loans, a rate equal to five and three-quarters (53⁄4 %)
percent per annum in excess of the US Prime Rate, and

    

    (iii)  as
to Canadian Prime Rate Loans, a rate equal to five and three-quarters (53⁄4 %)
percent per annum in excess of the Canadian Prime Rate.

    

    (b)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in clause (a) of this
definition, the Interest Rate for US Prime Rate Loans and Canadian Prime Rate

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        8

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

     

    Loans
shall be the percentage set forth above plus two (2%) percent per annum, at
Agent’s option, without notice (i) for the period (A) from and after the
effective date of termination of this Agreement until Agent and Lenders have
received full and final payment of all outstanding and unpaid Obligations which
are not contingent and cash collateral or letters of credit, as Agent may
specify, in the amounts and on the terms required under Section 13.1 hereof for
contingent Obligations (notwithstanding entry of a judgment against any Borrower
or Guarantor) and (B) from and after the date of the occurrence of an Event
of Default and for so long as such Event of Default is continuing as determined
by Agent, (ii) on Loans to US Borrower at any time outstanding in excess of the
US Borrowing Base and (iii) on Loans to Canadian Borrower at any time
outstanding in excess of the Canadian Borrowing Base (in the case of both
clauses (ii) and (iii), whether or not such excess(es) arise or are made with or
without the knowledge or consent of Agent or any Lender and whether made before
or after an Event of Default).”

    

    (g)  Inventory Loan
Limit.  The definition of “Inventory Loan Limit” set forth in
Section 1.83 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such Section in
its entirety and replacing it with the following:

    

    “1.83  ‘Inventory
Loan Limit’ shall mean: (a) for the period from the date of the Ratification
Agreement through and including February 27, 2009, $84,000,000, (b) for the
period from February 28, 2009 through and including March 30, 2009, $77,000,000,
and (c) from and after March 31, 2009, $72,000,000.”

    

    (h)  Loan
Agreement.  All references to the term “Loan Agreement” in the
Loan Agreement or the other Financing Agreements shall be deemed, and each such
reference is hereby amended, to mean the Existing Loan Agreement, as amended by
this Ratification Agreement and as ratified, assumed and adopted by each
Borrower and Guarantor pursuant to the terms hereof and the Financing Order, as
the same now exists or may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented,
extended, renewed, restated or replaced.

    

    (i)  Material Adverse
Effect.  The definition of “Material Adverse Effect” set forth
in Section 1.92 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended, to add at the end
thereof:

    

    “provided, that, the
commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases shall not constitute a Material Adverse
Effect”.

    

    (j)  Maximum
Credit.  The definition of “Maximum Credit” set forth in
Section 1.96 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such Section in
its entirety and replacing it with the following:

    

    “1.96  ‘Maximum
Credit’ shall mean the amount of $160,000,000.”

    

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        9

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    (k)  Obligations.  All
references to the term “Obligations” in the Loan Agreement, this Ratification
Agreement or the other Financing Agreements shall be deemed, and each such
reference is hereby amended, to mean both the Pre-Petition Obligations and the
Post-Petition Obligations.

    

    (l)  Reserves.  The
definition of “Reserves” set forth in Section 1.121 of the Loan Agreement is
hereby amended by deleting such definition in its entirety and replacing it with
the following::

    

    “1.21
‘Reserves’ shall mean as of any date of determination, such amounts as Agent may
from time to time establish and revise in good faith, following notice thereof
to Administrative Borrower, reducing the amount of Loans and Letter of Credit
Accommodations which would otherwise be available to any Borrower under the
lending formula(s) provided for herein:  (a) to reflect events,
conditions, contingencies or risks which, as determined by Agent in good faith,
adversely affect, or would have a reasonable likelihood of adversely affecting,
either (i) the Collateral or any other property which is security for the
Obligations, its value or the amount that might be received by Agent from the
sale or other disposition or realization upon such Collateral, or (ii) the
assets, business or prospects of any Borrower or Obligor, (ii) the business and
operations of Borrowers and Guarantors (taken as a whole) or (iii) the security
interests and other rights of Agent or Canadian Lender in the Collateral
(including the enforceability, perfection and priority thereof) or (b) to
reflect Agent's good faith belief that any collateral report or financial
information furnished by or on behalf of any Borrower or Obligor to Agent is or
may have been incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect or
(c) to reflect outstanding Letter of Credit Accommodations as provided in
Section 2.2 hereof or (d) in respect of any state of facts which Agent
determines in good faith constitutes a Default or an Event of Default or (e) to
reflect the amounts of the Priority Payables or (f) to reflect Agent’s good
faith estimate of the amount necessary to reflect changes in applicable currency
exchange rates or currency exchange markets or (g) to reflect (i) the Carve-Out
Expenses (as defined in the Financing Order), (ii) the amount of any senior
liens or claims in or against the Collateral that, in Agent’s determination,
have priority over the liens and claims of Agent and Lenders or (iii) the amount
of priority or administrative expense claims that, in Agent’s determination, may
be required to be paid by Debtors or their estates at any time during the
Chapter 11 Cases, or (h) to reflect the value of Inventory at leased locations
with respect to which the lease therefor has not been assumed commencing on the
date that is ten (10) weeks prior to the end of the one hundred twenty (120) day
lease rejection/assumption period, as such period may be extended or shortened
by the Bankruptcy Court, or (i) to reflect the value of Inventory held at any
leased location as to which there has been filed a landlord’s motion to compel
the assumption or rejection of the lease, in an amount determined by Agent, and
considering the likelihood or unlikelihood of the success of such motion on its
merits in the good faith judgment of Agent.  Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, Reserves may, at Agent’s option, 

     

     

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        10

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    be
established to reflect: (i) dilution with respect to the Accounts (based on the
ratio of the aggregate amount of non-cash reductions in Accounts for any period
to the aggregate dollar amount of the sales of such Borrower or Guarantor for
such period) as calculated by Agent for any period which exceeds or is
reasonably anticipated to exceed five (5%) percent; (ii) a change in the
turnover, age or mix of the categories of Inventory that adversely affects the
aggregate value of all Inventory; (iii) material decreases in the percentage of
finished goods Inventory pre-sold against firm purchase orders; (iv) increases
in Inventory markdown reserves that are not otherwise accounted for in the most
recent Inventory appraisal received by Agent; (v) amounts due or to become due
to owners and lessors of premises where any Collateral is located, other than
for those locations where Agent has received a Collateral Access Agreement
reasonably acceptable to Agent, duly executed and delivered by the applicable
owner or lessor in favor of Agent, (vi) amounts due or to become due to owners
and licensors of trademarks and other Intellectual Property used by any Borrower
or Guarantor; and (vii) the amount of sales, excise or similar taxes to the
extent included in the amount of any Accounts reported to Agent.  The
amount of any Reserve established by Agent shall have a reasonable relationship
to the event, condition or other matter which is the basis for such Reserve as
determined by Agent in good faith.   To the extent that Agent
shall have established a Reserve to address an event, condition or matter in a
manner satisfactory to Agent, the percentages set forth in the definition of the
Borrowing Base shall not be reduced to address the same event, condition or
matter.”

    

    (m)  US Borrowing
Base.  The definition of “US Borrowing Base” set forth in
Section 1.131 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting clause
(a)(i)(C) from such Section in its entirety and replacing it with the
following:

    

    “(C) the
Intellectual Property Availability”.

    

    (n)  US Loan
Limit.  The definition of “US Loan Limit” set forth in
Section 1.139 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such
Section in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

    

    “1.139  ‘US
Loan Limit’ shall mean the amount of $150,000,000.”

    

                1.3   Interpretation.

    

    (a)  For
purposes of this Ratification Agreement, unless otherwise defined or amended
herein, including, but not limited to, those terms used or defined in the
recitals hereto, all terms used herein shall have the respective meanings
assigned to such terms in the Loan Agreement.

    

    (b)  All
references to the terms “Agent,” and “Lenders” shall include their respective
successors and assigns.

     

    
 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        11

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    (c)  All
references to the terms “US Borrower”, “Borrowing Base Guarantor”, “Borrowing
Base Guarantors, “Guarantor”, “Guarantors”, “Non-Borrowing Base Guarantor” and
“Non-Borrowing Base Guarantors” in the Loan Agreement or any of the other
Financing Agreements shall be deemed and each such reference is hereby amended
to mean and include (as applicable) the Debtors.

    

    (d)  All
references to commitment limits in any of the Existing Financing Agreements,
including references to the terms “Inventory Loan Limit,” Maximum Credit” and
“US Loan Limit,” shall be deemed and each such reference is hereby amended to
mean an aggregate commitment limit applicable to the Pre-Petition Obligations
and the Post-Petition Obligations combined.

    

    (e)  All
references to any term in the singular shall include the plural and all
references to any term in the plural shall include the singular unless the
context of such usage requires otherwise.

    

    (f)  All
terms not specifically defined herein which are defined in the Uniform
Commercial Code, as in effect in the State of Illinois as of the date hereof,
shall have the meaning set forth therein, except that the term “Lien” or “lien”
shall have the meaning set forth in § 101(37) of the Bankruptcy
Code.

    

    2.       ACKNOWLEDGMENT.

    

                2.1   Pre-Petition
Obligations.  Each Borrower and Guarantor hereby acknowledges,
confirms and agrees that, as of January 23, 2009, Borrowers are indebted to
Agent and Lenders in respect of all Pre-Petition Obligations in the aggregate
principal amount of US $113,567,479.32, consisting of (a) Revolving Loans
to US Borrower made pursuant to the Existing Financing Agreements in the
aggregate principal amount of US $83,184,437.84, together with interest
accrued and accruing thereon, (b) additional Loans made to US Borrower pursuant
to Section 12.8 of the Existing Loan Agreement in the aggregate principal amount
of US $7,502,166.00, together with interest accrued and accruing thereon
(the “Pre-Petition Additional Loans”), (c) Revolving Loans to Canadian Borrower
made pursuant to the Existing Financing Agreements in the aggregate principal
amount of US $7,241,234.86, together with interest accrued and accruing
thereon, (d) Letter of Credit Accommodations in the amount of
US $15,639,640.62, together with interest accrued and accruing thereon, (e)
all costs, expenses, fees (including attorneys' fees and legal expenses)
incurred in connection with the foregoing, and (f) all other charges now or
hereafter owed by Borrowers to Agent and Lenders, all of which are
unconditionally owing by Borrowers to Agent and Lenders, without offset, defense
or counterclaim of any kind, nature and description whatsoever.

    

                2.2   Guaranteed
Obligations.  Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges, confirms and
agrees that:

    

    (a)  all
obligations of such Guarantor under the Guarantor Documents are unconditionally
owing by such Guarantor to Agent and Lenders without offset, defense or
counterclaim of any kind, nature and description whatsoever, and

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        12

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    (b)  the
absolute and unconditional guarantee of the payment of the Pre-Petition
Obligations by such Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantor Documents extends to all
Post-Petition Obligations, subject only to the limitations set forth herein and
in the Guarantor Documents.

    

                2.3   Acknowledgment of Security
Interests.  Each Borrower and Guarantor hereby acknowledges,
confirms and agrees that Agent, for the benefit of itself and the other Lenders,
has and shall continue to have valid, enforceable and perfected first priority
and senior security interests in and liens upon all Pre-Petition Collateral
heretofore granted to Agent pursuant to the Existing Financing Agreements by
Borrowers and Guarantors as in effect immediately prior to the Petition Date to
secure all of the Obligations, as well as valid and enforceable first priority
and senior security interests in and liens upon all Post-Petition Collateral
granted to Agent, for the benefit of itself and the other Lenders, under the
Financing Order, or hereunder or under any of the other Financing Agreements or
otherwise granted to or held by Agent and Lenders to secure all of the
Obligations (including the Pre-Petition Obligations and the Post-Petition
Obligations), in each case, subject only to liens or encumbrances expressly
permitted by the Loan Agreement and any other liens or encumbrances expressly
permitted by the Financing Order that may have priority over the liens in favor
of Agent and Lenders.

    

                2.4   Binding Effect of
Documents.  Each Borrower and Guarantor hereby acknowledges,
confirms and agrees that: (a) each of the Existing Financing Agreements to which
it is a party was duly executed and delivered to Agent and Lenders by such
Borrower or Guarantor and each is in full force and effect as of the date
hereof, (b) the agreements and obligations of such Borrower or Guarantor
contained in the Existing Financing Agreements constitute the legal, valid and
binding obligations of such Borrower or Guarantor enforceable against it in
accordance with the terms thereof (except as may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights
generally), and such Borrower or Guarantor has no valid defense, offset or
counterclaim to the enforcement of such obligations, and (c) Agent and Lenders
are and shall be entitled to all of the rights, remedies and benefits provided
for in the Financing Agreements and the Financing Order.

    

    3.      
ADOPTION AND
RATIFICATION

    

                3.1 Each
Borrower and Guarantor hereby (a) ratifies, assumes, adopts and agrees to be
bound by all of the Existing Financing Agreements (as amended by this
Ratification Agreement and the Financing Order) to which it is a party and (b)
agrees to pay all of the Pre-Petition Obligations in accordance with the terms
of such Existing Financing Agreements, as amended by this Ratification
Agreement, and in accordance with the Financing Order.  All of the
Existing Financing Agreements (as amended by this Ratification Agreement and the
Financing Order) are hereby incorporated herein by reference and hereby are and
shall be deemed adopted and assumed in full by Borrowers and Guarantors, each as
Debtor and Debtor-in-Possession, and considered as agreements between such
Borrowers or Guarantors, on the one hand, and Agent and Lenders, on the other
hand.  Each Borrower and Guarantor hereby ratifies, restates, affirms
and confirms all of the terms and conditions of the Existing Financing
Agreements, as amended and supplemented pursuant hereto and the Financing Order,
and each Borrower and Guarantor 

     

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        13

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    agrees to
be fully bound, as Debtor and Debtor-in-Possession, by the terms of the
Financing Agreements to which such Borrower or Guarantor is a
party.

    

    4.       GRANT OF SECURITY
INTEREST.

    

    As
collateral security for the prompt performance, observance and payment in full
of all of the Obligations (including the Pre-Petition Obligations and the
Post-Petition Obligations), US Borrower and each Guarantor, each as Debtor and
Debtor-in-Possession, hereby grants, pledges and assigns to Agent, for the
benefit of itself and the other Lenders, and also confirms, reaffirms and
restates the prior grant to Agent and Lenders of, continuing security interests
in and liens upon, and rights of setoff against, all of the Collateral of such
Borrower or Guarantor, and Canadian Borrower hereby grants, pledges and assigns
to Agent and/or Canadian Lender (as applicable), and also confirms, reaffirms
and restates the prior grant to Agent and/or Canadian Lender of, continuing
security interests in and liens upon, and rights of setoff against, all of the
Collateral of such Borrower.

    

    5.       ADDITIONAL REPRESENTATIONS,
WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS.

    

    In
addition to the continuing representations, warranties and covenants heretofore
and hereafter made by Borrowers and Guarantors to Agent and Lenders, whether
pursuant to the Financing Agreements or otherwise, and not in limitation
thereof, each Borrower and Guarantor hereby represents, warrants and covenants
to Agent and Lenders the following (which shall survive the execution and
delivery of this Ratification Agreement), the truth and accuracy of which, or
compliance with, to the extent such compliance does not violate the terms and
provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be a continuing condition of the making
of Loans by Agent and Lenders:

     

                5.1   Financing
Order.  The Interim Financing Order (and, following the
expiration of the Interim Financing Period defined therein, the Final Financing
Order) has been duly entered, is valid, subsisting and continuing and has not
been vacated, modified, reversed on appeal, or vacated or modified by any order
of the Bankruptcy Court (other than as consented to by Agent) and is not subject
to any pending appeal or stay or other action by the Bankruptcy Court which
impairs or prevents the enforcement of any provision contained
therein.

    

                5.2   Use of
Proceeds.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth
in Section 6.6 of the Loan Agreement, (a) all Loans and Letter of Credit
Accommodations provided by Agent or any Lender to Borrowers pursuant to the
Financing Orders, the Loan Agreement or otherwise, shall be used by Borrowers
for general operating and working capital purposes in the ordinary course of
business of Borrowers in accordance with the Budget pursuant to Section 5.3 of
this Ratification Agreement, and (b) unless authorized by the Bankruptcy Court
and approved by Agent in writing, no portion of any administrative expense claim
or other claim relating to the Chapter 11 Cases shall be paid with the proceeds
of Loans or Letter of Credit Accommodations provided by Agent and Lenders to
Borrowers, other than those administrative expense claims and other claims
relating to the Chapter 11 Cases directly attributable to the operation of the
business of any Borrower or Guarantor in the ordinary course of such business in
accordance with the Financing Agreements and the Budget.

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        14

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

            5.3   Budget.

    

    (a)  Borrowers
have prepared and delivered to Agent an initial thirteen (13) week
Budget.  The initial thirteen (13) week Budget has been thoroughly
reviewed by Borrowers and their management and sets forth for the periods
covered thereby: (i) the projected weekly operating cash receipts for each week
commencing with the week ending January 30, 2009, (ii) the projected weekly
operating cash disbursements for each week commencing with the week ending
January 30, 2009, (iii) the projected aggregate principal amount of outstanding
Loans and Letter of Credit Accommodations for each week commencing with the week
ending January 30, 2009, and (iv) the projected weekly amounts of Loans and
Letter of Credit Accommodations available to Borrowers under the terms,
conditions and formulae of the Loan Agreement for each week commencing with the
week ending January 30, 2009 (collectively, the “Projected
Information”).   The initial thirteen (13) week Budget shall not
be amended or modified without the prior approval of Agent and the Required
Lenders. By no later than 8:00 a.m. (Central time) on the Wednesday of each week
commencing on February 4, 2009, Borrowers shall prepare and deliver to Agent an
updated Budget by adding Projection Information for the week immediately
following the last week in the then current Budget.  The Budget, as
updated in accordance with the terms hereof, shall be thoroughly reviewed by
Borrowers and their management and set forth for the periods covered thereby the
Projected Information for each week covered by such Budget.

    

    (b)  By
no later than 8:00 a.m. (Central time) on the Wednesday of each week commencing
on February 6, 2009, Borrowers shall furnish to Agent and Lenders, in form and
substance satisfactory to Agent, a report that sets forth for the immediately
preceding week a detailed comparison of the actual cash receipts, cash
disbursements, loan balance and loan availability to the Projected Information
for such weekly periods set forth in the Budget on a cumulative, weekly
roll-forward basis, together with a certification from the chief financial
officer of US Borrower that no Material Budget Deviation has
occurred.

    

    (c)  Each
Borrower acknowledges, confirms and agrees that commencing with the trailing two
(2) week period ending on February 6, 2009, the trailing three (3) week period
ending on February 13, 2009, and for the trailing three (3) week period ending
on the Friday of each week thereafter: (2) the actual aggregate weekly cash
receipts during such period for all line items in the Budget shall not be less
than ninety (90%) percent of the projected aggregate weekly cash receipts during
such period for all such line items in the Budget, (3) the actual aggregate
weekly cash disbursements for “employee related expenses”, “inventory related
expenses”, “overhead related expenses” (as each such term is defined in the
Budget) and all other expenses (taken as a whole) during such period shall not
be greater than one hundred ten (110%) percent of the projected aggregate weekly
cash disbursements for each such category of expenses set forth in the Budget
during such period, and (4) the actual aggregate weekly cash disbursements for
all line items in the Budget during such period shall not be greater than one
hundred ten (110%) percent of the projected aggregate weekly cash disbursements
for all such line items set forth in the Budget during such period.

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        15

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    (d)  Each
Borrower and Guarantor hereby confirms, acknowledges and agrees that (i) a
failure to maintain the minimum or maximum, as applicable, deviations in the
Budget as set forth in Section 5.3(c) hereof shall constitute a material
deviation from the Budget and an additional Event of Default (each, a “Material
Budget Deviation”) and (ii)  the failure to deliver any Budget or any
reports with respect to any Budget, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent,
as provided in Section 5.3(a) hereof shall constitute an Event of
Default.  Notwith-standing any approval by Agent or any Lender of the
initial thirteen (13) week Budget or any subsequent or amended Budgets, Agent
and Lenders will not, and shall not be required to, provide any Loans or Letter
of Credit Accommodations to Borrowers pursuant to the Budget, but shall only
provide Loans and Letters of Credit in accordance with the terms and conditions
set forth in the Loan Agreement as amended by this Ratification Agreement, the
other Financing Agreements and the Financing Order.  Agent and Lenders
are relying upon the Borrowers’ delivery of, and compliance with, the Budget in
accordance with this Section 5.3 in determining to enter into the post-petition
financing arrangements provided for herein.

     

                5.4   Retention of Investment
Banker.  Within
twenty five (25) days following the Petition Date, Debtors shall retain,
subject to the approval of the Bankruptcy Court and on terms and conditions
acceptable to Agent, an investment banker acceptable to Agent (the “Investment
Banker”) to assist Debtors with, among other things, the marketing and potential
sale of substantially all the assets of Debtors on the terms and conditions set
forth in the Side Letter Agreement.

     

             5.5  
Retention of Chief
Restructuring Officer.

     

    (a)  Within
ten (10) days of the Petition Date, Borrowers and Guarantors shall retain,
subject to the terms and conditions of an employment agreement, and shall
continue to retain at all times during which the Obligations remain outstanding,
FTI Palladium Partners or such other Person acceptable to Agent as their chief
restructuring officer (the “CRO”), at the sole cost and expense of Borrowers, on
terms and conditions acceptable to Agent, and subject to approval of the
Bankruptcy Court (to the extent such approval is required by the Bankruptcy
Court).  The CRO shall assume in all respects the management of the
businesses and properties of Borrowers and Guarantors and shall, among other
things, assist Borrowers and Guarantors in the preparation of and compliance
with, on an ongoing basis, the Budget and compliance with the terms and
conditions set forth in the Financing Agreements.  The CRO shall
report directly to the Board of Directors of each Borrower and
Guarantor.

     

    (b)  Each
Borrower and Guarantor hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the CRO to consult with Agent and to
share with Agent and Lenders all budgets, records, projections, financial
information, reports and other information prepared by or in the possession of the
CRO relating to the Collateral or the financial condition or operations
of the businesses of Borrowers and Guarantors.  Each Borrower and
Guarantor agrees to provide the CRO with complete access to and supervision over
all of the books and records of such Borrower and Guarantor, all of premises of
such Borrower and Guarantor and to all management and employees of such Borrower
and Guarantor as and when deemed necessary by the CRO.

     

    (c)  Borrowers
and Guarantors shall not amend, modify or terminate the retention agreement with
the CRO without the prior written consent of Agent.  Borrowers and

     

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        16

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

     

    Guarantors
acknowledge and agree that Borrowers and Guarantors shall cause the CRO to keep
Agent and Lenders (i) fully informed of the progress of the business and
operations of Borrowers and Guarantors and respond fully to any inquiries of
Agent and Lenders regarding the business and operations of Borrowers and
Guarantors and (ii) communicate and fully cooperate with Agent and Lenders and
share all information with Agent and Lenders regarding Borrowers and Guarantors,
and the business and operations of Borrowers and Guarantors.

     

    (d)  If
the CRO resigns, Borrowers and Guarantors shall immediately notify Agent in
writing and provide Agent with a copy of any notice of resignation immediately
upon the sending of such notice by such CRO.  Any replacement or
successor CRO shall be acceptable to Agent and shall be retained pursuant to a
new retention agreement on terms and conditions acceptable to Agent within five
(5) Business Days immediately following the notice of resignation of the
resigning CRO.

     

                5.6   Sale of
Assets.  In connection with achieving their objectives with
respect to the potential sale of all or substantially all of their assets and
properties, Debtors hereby covenant and agree to comply with the terms and
conditions of the Side Letter Agreement.  The Side Letter Agreement
shall remain and be treated by the parties thereto as confidential, provided,
that, the Side Letter Agreement shall be filed with the Bankruptcy Court, under
seal, and shall be made available to Persons only on a need-to-know basis as
reasonably determined by the parties to the Side Letter Agreement and so long as
the recipient thereof agrees (on terms and conditions acceptable to the parties
to the Side Letter Agreement) to treat the Side Letter Agreement as strictly
confidential.

     

                5.7   Retention of
Consultants.  Agent and Lenders shall have the right to retain
financial, restructuring and/or liquidation consultants at any time to advise
Agent and Lenders in connection with the operation and management of the
businesses of Borrowers and Guarantors and the conduct of the sales of the
assets of Borrowers and Guarantors contemplated hereby and by the Side Letter
Agreement.  Borrowers and Guarantors hereby agree to cooperate fully
with all such consultants and to share with such consultants, in addition to
Agent, all budgets, records, projections, financial information, reports and
other information relating to the Collateral, the financial condition or
operations of the businesses of the Borrowers and Guarantors, and the progress
and results of any sales of the assets of Borrowers and
Guarantors.  Borrowers and Guarantors agree to provide such
consultants with complete access to all of their respective books and records,
all of their respective premises and all of their respective officers, employees
and other personnel as and when deemed necessary by such
consultants.

     

                5.8   Cash
Management.  Borrowers and Guarantors shall promptly provide
Agent and Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as depository bank under
certain Deposit Account Control Agreements (in such capacity, “BofA”), with
evidence, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent and BofA, that (a) the
Deposit Account Control Agreements and other deposit account arrangements
provided for under Section 6.3 of the Loan Agreement have been ratified and
amended by the parties thereto, or their respective successors in interest, in
form and substance satisfactory to Agent and BofA, to reflect the commencement
of the Chapter 11 Cases, (b) each Debtor, as Debtor and Debtor-in-Possession, is
the successor in interest to such Debtor, (c) the Obligations include both the
Pre-Petition Obligations and the Post-Petition Obligations, (d) the Collateral
includes both the Pre-Petition Collateral and the Post-Petition Collateral as

     

     

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        17

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    provided
for herein, and (e) BofA may setoff against any accounts maintained by Borrowers
and Guarantors with BofA for amounts owed to BofA under the Cash Management
Agreement in an amount not to exceed $200,000.  Except to the extent
otherwise directed by an Order of the Bankruptcy Court, BofA and other the
Lenders shall continue to enjoy the rights and remedies afforded them under the
Deposit Account Control Agreements and other bank account agreements entered
into prior to the Petition Date among Borrowers, Guarantors and Lenders,
including but not limited to the right to charge back returned items to the bank
accounts subject to such agreements or to setoff for overdrafts in the
accounts.  Borrowers and Guarantors shall continue to perform their
obligations under the terms of the Deposit Account Control Agreements and such
other bank account agreements, including their obligations to pay or honor any
bank fees in connection with the accounts subject to such
agreements.

     

                5.9   ERISA.   Each
Borrower and Guarantor hereby represents and warrants with, to and in favor of
Agent and Lenders that (a) there are no liens, security interests or
encumbrances upon, in or against any assets or properties of any Borrower or
Guarantor arising under ERISA, whether held by the Pension Benefit Guaranty
Corporation (the “PBGC”) or the contributing sponsor of, or a member of the
controlled group thereof, any pension benefit plan of any Borrower or Guarantor
and (b) no notice of lien has been filed by the PBGC (or any other Person)
pursuant to ERISA against any assets or properties of any Borrower or
Guarantor.

    

                5.10 Information
Certificate.  Within twenty (20) days following the date
hereof, Borrowers and Guarantors shall deliver to Agent, in form and substance
satisfactory to Agent, an updated Information Certificate for Borrowers and
Guarantors, duly authorized, executed and delivered by each Borrower and
Guarantor.

    

                5.11 Pledge of Canadian Borrower
Stock.  Within seven (7) days following the date hereof,
Borrowers and Guarantors shall deliver to Agent (a) a Pledge and Security
Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, by US Borrower in favor
of Agent providing for the pledge of sixty-five (65%) percent of the shares of
Capital Stock of Canadian Borrower, which agreement shall be duly authorized,
executed and delivered by US Borrower, and (b) originals of the stock
certificates (if any) representing such shares, together with stock powers duly
executed in blank with respect thereto (if applicable).  The pledge of
the remaining shares of the Capital Stock of Canadian Borrower shall be
addressed in the Final Order.

    

    6.      DIP FACILITY
FEE.

    

    Borrowers
shall pay to Agent, for the account of Lenders (to the extent and in accordance
with the arrangements between Agent and each Lender), a debtor-in-possession
financing facility fee, in the amount of $800,000, on account of the financing
provided by Agent and Lenders to Borrowers in the Chapter 11 Cases, which fee
shall be fully earned and due and payable on the date hereof.  Agent
may, at its option, charge the debtor-in-possession financing facility directly
to the loan account of Borrowers maintained by Agent.

    

    7.      AMENDMENTS TO LOAN
AGREEMENT.

    

                7.1   Loans.  Section
2.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following new
subsection (e) at the end of such Section:

     

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        18

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    “(e)  Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Section 2.1, (i) on the effective date of the
Ratification Agreement, all of the Pre-Petition Additional Loans (as defined in
Section 2.1 of the Ratification Agreement) shall automatically be deemed to
constitute Prime Rate Loans based on Intellectual Property Availability and
shall no longer be deemed to constitute Loans under Section 12.8 of the Loan
Agreement, and (ii) at all times during which the then outstanding principal
amount of the Loans equals or is less than the amount of Intellectual Property
Availability, all Loans shall be deemed to constitute Prime Rate Loans based on
Intellectual Property Availability, and at any time that the then outstanding
principal amount of the Loans exceeds the amount of Intellectual Property
Availability, all Loans in excess of the amount of Intellectual Property
Availability shall be deemed to constitute Prime Rate Loans (other than Prime
Rate Loans based on Intellectual Property Availability).”

     

                7.2   Letter of Credit
Fee.  Section 2.2(b) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference
therein to “one and three-quarters (1.75%) percent” and replacing it with “five and
three-quarters (53⁄4 %) percent”.

    

                7.3   Limits and
Sublimits.  Section 2 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended
by adding the following new Section 2.5 at the end of such Section:

    

    “2.5  Limits and
Sublimits.  All limits and sublimits set forth in this
Agreement, and any formula or other provision to which a limit or sublimit may
apply, shall be determined on an aggregate basis considering together both the
Pre-Petition Obligations and the Post-Petition Obligations.”

    

                7.4   
Eurodollar Rate
Loans. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Loan
Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 3.1(b) and (c) thereof,
effective as of the date hereof:

    

    (a)  Borrowers
shall not request and Lenders shall not make any Eurodollar Rate
Loans;

    

    (b)  the
Interest Rate in respect of all Loans made on or after the date hereof shall be
the Interest Rate applicable to Prime Rate Loans;

    

    (c)  Borrowers
shall not request that any Eurodollar Rate Loans outstanding prior to the date
hereof continue for any additional Interest Period; and

    

    (d)  Borrowers
shall not request that any Prime Rate Loans be converted to Eurodollar Rate
Loans and Agent shall not be obligated to convert any such Prime Rate Loans to
Eurodollar Rate Loans;

    

    provided, however, that the
provisions of the Loan Agreement applicable to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall
remain in effect with respect to any Loans for which Borrowers had elected to be

     

     

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        19

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

     

    treated
as a Eurodollar Rate Loan prior to the Petition Date until the end of the
then-applicable Interest Period.

    

                7.5   Unused Line
Fee.  Section
3.2(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such Section in its
entirety and replacing it with the following:

     

    “(a)  US
Borrower shall pay to Agent, for the ratable benefit of Lenders, monthly an
unused line fee at a rate equal to .375% per annum calculated upon the amount by
which the Maximum Credit exceeds the average daily principal balance of the
outstanding Loans and Letter of Credit Accommodations during the immediately
preceding month (or part thereof) while this Agreement is in effect and for so
long thereafter as any of the Obligations are outstanding.  Such fee
shall be payable on the first day of each month in arrears.”

     

                7.6   Grant of
Security Interest.  Section 5.1(b) of
the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such Section in its entirety
and replacing it with the following:

     

    “(b)  [Intentionally
Deleted].”

     

                7.7   Payments.  Section
6.4(c) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following
immediately prior to the period at the end of such Section:

     

    “and (v)
at all times, an amount of the Loans up to the amount of the Intellectual
Property Availability shall be deemed to constitute Prime Rate Loans based on
Intellectual Property Availability, and any Loans in excess of the amount
of Intellectual Property Availability shall be deemed to constitute Prime Rate
Loans (other than Prime Rate Loans based on Intellectual Property
Availability)”.

     

                7.8   Collateral
Reporting.

     

    (a)  Section 7.1(a)(i) of the Loan Agreement
is hereby amended by deleting the reference to “as soon as possible after
the end of other every week (but in any event by the close of business in
Chicago on the third (3rd)
Business Day after the end of each such period), or in the event that the
aggregate amount of the Excess Availability of Borrowers is less than
$25,000,000, at Agent’s option, as soon as possible after the end of each week
(but in any event by the close of business in Chicago on the third (3rd)
Business Day after the end of each such period),” and replacing it with the
following:

    

    “as soon as possible after the
end of each week (but in any event by the close of business in Chicago on the
third (3rd)
Business Day after the end of each week), or more frequently as Agent may
request,”.

     

    (b)  Section 7.1(a)(ii) of the Loan Agreement
is hereby amended by deleting the reference to “on a monthly basis or in
the event that the aggregate amount of the Excess Availability of Borrowers is
less than $25,000,000 or a Default or Event of Default shall exist or have
occurred and be continuing, in each case at Agent’s option, as soon as possible
after the end of each week,” and
replacing it with the following:

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        20

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    “as soon as possible after the
end of each week (but in any event by the close of business in Chicago on the
third (3rd)
Business Day after the end of each week), or more frequently as Agent may
request,”.

     

                7.9   
Inventory
Covenants.  Section 7.3(d) of the Loan Agreement is hereby
amended by deleting such Section in its entirety and replacing it with
the following:

     

    “(d)
upon Agent's request, Borrowers
shall, at their expense, no more than four (4) times in any twelve (12) month period,
but at any time or times as Agent may request on or after an Event of Default
and for so long as the same is continuing, deliver or cause to be delivered to
Agent written appraisals as to the Inventory in form, scope and methodology
acceptable to Agent and by an appraiser acceptable to Agent, addressed to Agent
and Lenders and upon which Agent and Lenders are expressly permitted to rely
(provided, that, any appraisal requested at such time
as an Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing shall not be
considered for purposes of the limitation on the number of appraisals provided
for herein);”

     

                7.10  Right to
Cure.  Section 7.6 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by
deleting such Section in its entirety and replacing it with the
following:

     

    “7.6  Right to
Cure.  Agent may, at its option, upon notice to US Borrower,
(a) cure any default by any Borrower or Guarantor under any material agreement
with a third party that affects the Collateral, its value or the ability of
Agent to collect, sell or otherwise dispose of the Collateral or the rights and
remedies of Agent or any Lender therein or the ability of any Borrower or
Guarantor to perform its obligations hereunder or under any of the other
Financing Agreements, (b) pay or bond on appeal any judgment entered against any
Borrower or Guarantor, (c) discharge taxes, liens, security interests or other
encumbrances at any time levied on or existing with respect to the Collateral
and pay any amount, incur any expense or perform any act which, in Agent's
judgment, is necessary or appropriate to preserve, protect, insure or maintain
the Collateral and the rights of Agent and Lenders with respect
thereto.  Agent may add any amounts so expended to the Obligations and
charge any Borrower's account therefor, such amounts to be repayable by
Borrowers on demand.  Agent and Lenders shall be under no obligation
to effect such cure, payment or bonding and shall not, by doing so, be deemed to
have assumed any obligation or liability of any Borrower or
Guarantor.  Any payment made or other action taken by Agent or any
Lender under this Section shall be without prejudice to any right to assert an
Event of Default hereunder and to proceed accordingly.”

    

                7.11  Intellectual Property
Covenants.  Section 7 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended
by inserting the following Section immediately following Section
7.7:

     

    “7.8  Intellectual Property
Covenants.  

     

    With
respect to the Intellectual Property, in addition to and not in limitation of
the covenants set forth in the 

     

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        21

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

     

     

           Trademark Security
Documents, upon Agent's request, Borrowers shall, at their expense, no more than
two (2) times in any six (6) month period, but at any time or times as Agent may
request upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default,
deliver or cause to be delivered to Agent written appraisals as to the
Intellectual Property in form, scope and methodology acceptable to Agent and by
an appraiser acceptable to Agent, addressed to Agent and Lenders and upon which
Agent and Lenders are expressly permitted to rely.”

     

                7.12  Financial Statements and
Other Information.

    

    (a)  Section
9.6(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting in its entirety the
proviso appearing at the end of the second sentence of such
Section.

    

    (b)  Section
9.6 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following new
subsection (e) to the end of such Section:

    

    “(e)  Each
Borrower and Guarantor shall provide Agent and Lenders with copies of all
financial reports, schedules and other materials and information at any time
furnished by or on behalf of any Borrower or Guarantor to the Bankruptcy Court,
the U.S. Trustee, any creditors’ committee or such Borrower’s or Guarantor’s
shareholders, concurrently with the delivery thereof.”

    

                7.13  Sale of Assets,
Etc.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
Section 9.7(b) of the Loan Agreement or any other provision of the Loan
Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements, Borrowers and Guarantors
shall not directly or indirectly sell, transfer, lease, encumber, return or
otherwise dispose of any portion of the Collateral or any other assets of
Borrowers and Guarantors, including, without limitation, assume, reject or
assign any leasehold interest or enter into any agreement to return Inventory to
vendor, whether pursuant to Section 546 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise,
without the prior written consent of Agent and the Required Lenders (and no such
consent shall be implied, from any other action, inaction or acquiescence by
Agent or any Lender) except for sales of Borrowers' and Guarantors' Inventory in
the ordinary course of their business.

    

                7.14  Indebtedness.  Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in Section 9.9 of the Loan Agreement or any
other provision of the Loan Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements,
Borrowers and Guarantors shall
not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, incur, create, assume, become or be
liable in any manner with respect to, or permit to exist, any new Indebtedness,
or guarantee, assume, endorse, or otherwise become responsible for (directly or
indirectly), any new Indebtedness, performance, obligations or dividends of any
other Person, without in each case the prior written consent of Agent and
the Required Lenders (and no such consent shall be implied, from any other
action, inaction or acquiescence by Agent or any Lender), except to the extent
set forth in the Budget.

    

                7.15  Loans, Investments,
Etc.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
Section 9.10 of the Loan Agreement or any other provision of the Loan Agreement
or any of the other Financing Agreements, each Borrower and Guarantor shall not,
and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make any loans
or advance money or property to 

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        22

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    any
person, or invest in (by capital contribution, dividend or otherwise) or
purchase or repurchase the Capital Stock or Indebtedness or all or a substantial
part of the assets or property of any person, or form or acquire any
Subsidiaries, or agree to do any of the foregoing, without in each case the prior
written consent of Agent and the Required Lenders (and no such consent shall be
implied, from any other action, inaction or acquiescence by Agent or any
Lender), except to the extent set forth in the Budget.

    

                7.16  Dividends and
Redemptions.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in Section 9.11 of the Loan Agreement or any other provision of the
Loan Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements, each Borrower and
Guarantor shall not, directly or indirectly, declare or pay any dividends on
account of any shares of class of any Capital Stock of such Borrower or
Guarantor now or hereafter outstanding, or set aside or otherwise deposit or
invest any sums for such purpose, or redeem, retire, defease, purchase or
otherwise acquire any shares of any class of Capital Stock (or set aside or
otherwise deposit or invest any sums for such purpose) for any consideration or
apply or set apart any sum, or make any other distribution (by reduction of
capital or otherwise) in respect of any such shares or agree to do any of the
foregoing, without in each case
the prior written consent of Agent and the Required Lenders (and no such
consent shall be implied, from any other action, inaction or acquiescence by
Agent or any Lender).

    

                7.17  Minimum Excess
Availability.  Section 9.17 of the Loan Agreement is hereby
amended by deleting such Section in its entirety and replacing it with the
following:

    

    “9.17  Minimum Excess
Availability.  US Borrower shall maintain at all times Excess
Availability in an amount of not less than the greater of (a)
eighty-five (85%) percent of the amount of Excess Availability projected in
the then applicable Budget and (b) $10,000,000.”

    

                7.18  Events of
Default.

    

    (a)  Section
10.1(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such Section in its
entirety and replacing it with the following:

    

    “(a) (i)
any Borrower fails to pay any of the Obligations when due or (ii) any
Borrower or Obligor fails to perform any of the covenants contained in Sections
9.4, 9.13, 9.14, 9.15, and 9.16 of this Agreement and such failure shall
continue for ten (10) days; provided, that, such ten (10)
day period shall not apply in the case of: (A) any failure to observe any such
covenant which is not capable of being cured at all or within such ten (10) day
period or which has been the subject of a prior failure within a three (3) month
period or (B) an intentional breach by any Borrower or Obligor of any such
covenant or (iii) any Borrower or Obligor fails to perform any of the terms,
covenants, conditions or provisions contained in this Agreement or any of the
other Financing Agreements other than those described in Sections 10.1(a)(i) and
10.1(a)(ii) above;”

     

    (b)  Section
10.1(c) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such Section in its
entirety and replacing it with the following:

     

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        23

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    “(c)  any
Obligor revokes or terminates or purports to revoke or terminate or fails to
perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of any guarantee
or other Financing Agreement in favor of Agent or any Lender;”.

    

    (c)  Section
10.1(f) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by (i) deleting the reference to
“forty-five (45) days” and replacing it with “thirty (30) days” and (ii)
deleting each reference to “any Borrower or Guarantor” and replacing it with
“any Obligor (other than Debtors)”.

    

    (d)  Section
10.1(g) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting each reference to
“any Borrower or Guarantor” and replacing it with “any Obligor (other than
Debtors)”.

    

    (e)  Section
10.1(i) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting clause (iii) from
such Section in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

    

    “(iii)  any security interest
provided for herein or in any of the other Financing Agreements shall cease to
be a valid and perfected
priority security interest in any of the Collateral purported to be subject
thereto (except as otherwise permitted herein or therein)”.

    

    (f)  Section
10.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by (i) deleting the reference to
the word “or” at the end of subsection (m) of such Section, (ii) replacing the
period appearing at the end of subsection (n) of such Section with a semicolon,
and (iii) adding the following to the end of such Section:

    

    “(o)  the occurrence of any
condition or event which permits Agent or any Lender to exercise any of the
rights and remedies set forth in the Financing Order, including, without
limitation, any Event of Default (as defined in the Financing
Order);

    

    (p)  the termination or
non-renewal of the Financing Agreements as provided for in the Financing
Order;

    

    (q) any Borrower or Guarantor suspends
or discontinues or is enjoined by any court or Governmental Authority from
continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business, or a trustee,
receiver or custodian is appointed for any Borrower or Guarantor, or any of
their respective properties;

    

    (r)  any act, condition or
event occurring after the Petition Date that has or would reasonably expect to
have a Material Adverse Effect;

    

    (s)  the conversion of any
Chapter 11 Case to a case under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code;

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        24

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    (t)  the dismissal of any
Chapter 11 Case or any subsequent Chapter 7 case, either voluntarily or
involuntarily or the termination, suspension or modification of the stay of
proceedings in the Chapter 11 Cases, either voluntarily or involuntarily;
or

    

    (u)  the grant of a lien on
or other interest in any property of any Borrower or Guarantor other than a lien
or encumbrance permitted by Section 9.8 hereof or by the Financing Order or an
administrative expense claim other than such administrative expense claim
permitted by the Financing Order or this Ratification Agreement by the grant of
or allowance by the Bankruptcy Court which is superior to or ranks in parity
with Agent’s and Lenders’ security interests in or liens upon the Collateral or
their Superpriority Claim (as defined in the Financing Order);

    

    (v)  the Financing Order
shall be reversed, revoked, remanded, stayed, rescinded, vacated, modified in a
manner that is adverse or could reasonably be expected to be adverse to the
interests of Agent or any Lenders, or amended on appeal or by the Bankruptcy
Court without the prior written consent of Agent (and no such consent shall be
implied from any other authorization or acquiescence by Agent or any
Lender);

    

    (w)  the appointment of a
trustee pursuant to Sections 1104(a)(1) or 1104(a)(2) of the Bankruptcy
Code;

    

    (x)  the appointment of an
examiner with expanded powers pursuant to Section 1104(a) of the Bankruptcy
Code;

    

    (y)  the filing of a plan of
reorganization or liquidation by or on behalf of any Borrower or Guarantor, to
which Agent and Lenders have not consented in writing, which does not provide
for payment in full of all Obligations on the effective date thereof in
accordance with the terms and conditions contained herein;

    

    (z) the confirmation of any plan of
reorganization or liquidation in the Chapter 11 Case of any Borrower or
Guarantor, to which Agent and Lenders have not consented to in writing, which
does not provide for payment in full of all Obligations on the effective date
thereof in accordance with the terms and conditions contained
herein;

    

    (aa) any
Borrower or Obligor makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, makes or
sends notice of a bulk transfer or calls a meeting of its creditors or principal
creditors in connection with a moratorium or adjustment of the Indebtedness due
to them; or

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        25

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    (bb)  the
Final Financing Order shall not have been entered by the Bankruptcy Court, and
become effective, within thirty (30) days of the Petition Date.”

    

                7.19  Governing Law; Choice of
Forum; Service of Process; Jury Trial Waiver.   Section
11.1(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following at the
end of such Section:

    

    “except
to the extent that the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code are applicable and
specifically conflict with the foregoing.”

    

                7.20  Additional
Loans.  Section 12.8 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by
deleting the reference to “$10,000,000” and replacing it with “the Specified
Overadvance Limit”.

    

                7.21  Special Agent
Advances.  Section 12.11(a)(ii) of the Loan Agreement is hereby
amended by deleting the reference to “$10,000,000” and replacing it with “the
Specified Overadvance Limit”.

    

                7.22  Term.  Section
13.1(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the first sentence
of such Section in its entirety and replacing it with the
following:

    

    “This
Agreement and the other Financing Agreements shall become effective as of the
date set forth on the first page hereof and shall continue in full force and
effect for a term ending on the earlier to occur of (i) July 1, 2009,
(ii) the confirmation of a plan of reorganization or liquidation for any
Debtor in the Chapter 11 Cases, (iii) the closing of any sale or sales of
Collateral consummated in accordance with the terms and conditions contained in
this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements that result in the payment in
full of all Obligations in accordance with the terms and conditions contained in
this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements or (iv) the last termination
date set forth in the Interim Financing Order, unless the Final Financing Order
has been entered prior to such date, and in such event, then the last
termination date set forth in the Final Financing Order (the earlier to occur of
clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) referred to herein as the “Maturity Date”); provided, that, this Agreement
and all other Financing Agreements must be terminated
simultaneously.”

    

                7.23  Notices.  Section
13.3 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding that any notices,
requests and demands also be sent to the following parties:

     

     

    
      	 	
              to
      any Borrower or Guarantor:

            	
              Hartmarx
      Corporation

              101 North Wacker
      Drive

              Chicago, Illinois
      60606

              Attention: Executive Vice
      President and Chief Financial Officer

              Telecopy No. (312)
      855-3799

               

            

    

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        26

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

     

     

    

    
      
        
          	 	
                  with
      a copy to

                	
                  Hartmarx
      Corporation

                  101
      North Wacker Drive

                  Chicago,
      Illinois 60606

                  Attention:
      General Counsel

                  Telecopy No. (312)
      357-5807

                   

                
	 	
                  with
      a copy to:

                	
                  Skadden,
      Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

                  333
      West Wacker Drive

                  Chicago,
      IL  60606

                  Attention:  George
      N. Panagakis, Esq.

                  Telecopy
      No.: 312-407-8586

                   

                
	 	
                  If
      to Agent:

                	
                  Wachovia
      Capital Finance Corporation (Central)

                  150
      South Wacker Drive, Suite 2200

                  Chicago,
      Illinois 60606-4401

                  Attention:
      Portfolio Manager

                  Telecopy
      No.: 312-332-0424

                   

                
	 	
                  with
      a copy to:

                	
                  Otterbourg,
      Steindler, Houston & Rosen, P.C.

                  230
      Park Avenue

                  New
      York, New York  10169

                  Attn:
      Jonathan N. Helfat, Esq.

                  Telecopy
      No.: (212) 682-6104

                

        

      

    

    

    8.      RELEASE.

     

                8.1   Release of Pre-Petition
Claims.

    

    (a)  Upon
the earlier of (i) the entry of the Final Financing Order, or (ii) the
entry of an Order extending the term of the Interim Financing Order beyond
thirty (30) calendar days after the date of the Interim Financing Order, in
consideration of the agreements of Agent and Lenders contained herein and the
making of any Loans by Agent and Lenders, each Borrower and Guarantor, pursuant
to the Loan Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, on behalf of itself and
its respective successors, assigns, and other legal representatives, hereby
absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably releases, remises and forever
discharges Agent, each Lender and their respective successors and assigns, and
their present and former shareholders, affiliates, subsidiaries, divisions,
predecessors, directors, officers, attorneys, employees and other
representatives (Agent, each Lender and all such other parties being hereinafter
referred to collectively as the “Releasees” and individually as a “Releasee”),
of and from all demands, actions, causes of action, suits, covenants, contracts,
controversies, agreements, promises, sums of money, accounts, bills, reckonings,
damages and any and all other claims, counterclaims, defenses, rights of
set-off, demands and liabilities whatsoever (individually, a “Pre-Petition
Released Claim” and collectively, “Pre-Petition Released Claims”) of every name
and nature, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, both at law and in
equity, which any Borrower or Guarantor, or any of their respective successors,
assigns, or other legal representatives may now 

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        27

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    or
hereafter own, hold, have or claim to have against the Releasees or any of them
for, upon, or by reason of any nature, cause or thing whatsoever which arises at
any time on or prior to the day and date of this Ratification Agreement,
including, without limitation, for or on account of, or in relation to, or in
any way in connection with the Loan Agreement, as amended and supplemented
through the date hereof, and the other Financing Agreements.

    

    (b)  Upon
the earlier of (i) the entry of the Final Financing Order or (ii) the entry of
an Order extending the term of the Interim Financing Order beyond thirty (30)
calendar days after the date of the Interim Financing Order, each Borrower and
Guarantor, on behalf of itself and its successors, assigns, and other legal
representatives, hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably, covenants
and agrees with each Releasee that it will not sue (at law, in equity, in any
regulatory proceeding or otherwise) any Releasee on the basis of any
Pre-Petition Released Claim released, remised and discharged by each Borrower
and Guarantor pursuant to this Section 8.1.  If any Borrower or
Guarantor violates the foregoing covenant, Borrowers and Guarantors agree to
pay, in addition to such other damages as any Releasee may sustain as a result
of such violation, all attorneys' fees and costs incurred by any Releasee as a
result of such violation.

    

                8.2   Release of Post-Petition
Claims. Upon (a) the receipt by Agent, on behalf of itself and the other
Lenders, of payment in full of all Obligations in cash or other immediately
available funds, plus cash collateral or other collateral security acceptable to
Agent to secure any Obligations that survive or continue beyond the termination
of the Financing Agreements, and (b) the termination of the Financing Agreements
(the “Payment Date”), in consideration of the agreements of Agent and Lenders
contained herein and the making of any Loans by Agent and Lenders, each Borrower
and Guarantor hereby covenants and agrees to execute and deliver in favor of
Agent and Lenders a valid and binding termination and release agreement, in form
and substance satisfactory to Agent.  If any Borrower or Guarantor
violates such covenant, Borrowers and Guarantors agree to pay, in addition to
such other damages as any Releasee may sustain as a result of such violation,
all attorneys' fees and costs incurred by any Releasee as a result of such
violation.

    

                8.3   Releases
Generally.

    

    (a)  Each
Borrower and Guarantor understands, acknowledges and agrees that the releases
set forth above in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 hereof  may be pleaded as a
full and complete defense and may be used as a basis for an injunction against
any action, suit or other proceeding which may be instituted, prosecuted or
attempted in breach of the provisions of such releases.

    

    (b)  Each
Borrower and Guarantor agrees that no fact, event, circumstance, evidence or
transaction which could now be asserted or which may hereafter be discovered
shall affect in any manner the final and unconditional nature of the releases
set forth in Section 8.1 hereof and, when made, Section 8.2 hereof.

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        28

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    9.       CONDITIONS
PRECEDENT.

    

    In
addition to any other conditions contained herein or the Loan Agreement, as in
effect immediately prior to the Petition Date, with respect to the Loans and
other financial accommodations available to Borrowers (all of which conditions,
except as modified or made pursuant to this Ratification Agreement shall remain
applicable to the Loans and be applicable to other financial accommodations
available to Borrowers), the following are conditions to Agent's and Lenders'
obligation to extend further loans, advances or other financial accommodations
to Borrowers pursuant to the Loan Agreement:

    

                9.1   Agent
shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, this
Ratification Agreement and all of the other Financing Agreements to be delivered
in connection herewith, duly authorized, executed and delivered by each Borrower
and Guarantor;

    

                9.2   Agent
shall have received from Borrowers and Guarantors all financial information,
projections, budgets, business plans, cash flows and such other information as
Agent and Lenders shall have reasonably requested from Borrowers and
Guarantors;

    

                9.3   as of
the Petition Date, the Existing Financing Agreements shall not have been
terminated;

     

                9.4   no
trustee, examiner with expanded powers or receiver or the like shall have been
appointed or designated with respect to any Borrower or Guarantor, as Debtor and
Debtor-in-Possession, or its respective business, properties and assets and no
motion or proceeding shall be pending seeking such relief;

    

                9.5   the
Interim Financing Order or other Orders of the Bankruptcy Court shall ratify and
amend the Blocked Account Agreement and deposit account arrangements of
Borrowers and Guarantors to reflect the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases,
that each Debtor, as Debtor and Debtor-in-Possession, is the successor in
interest to such Borrower or Guarantor, as the case may be, that the Obligations
include both the Pre-Petition Obligations and the Post-Petition Obligations,
that the Collateral includes both the Pre-Petition Collateral and the
Post-Petition Collateral as provided for in this Ratification
Agreement;

    

                9.6   the
execution or delivery to Agent and Lenders of all other Financing Agreements,
and other agreements, documents and instruments which, in the good faith
judgment, of Agent are necessary or appropriate

    

                9.7   the
implementation of the terms of this Ratification Agreement and the other
Financing Agreements, as modified pursuant to this Ratification Agreement, all
of which contains provisions, representations, warranties, covenants and Events
of Default, as are satisfactory to Agent and its counsel;

    

                9.8  
satisfactory review by counsel for Agent of legal issues attendant to the
post-petition financing transactions contemplated hereunder;

    

                9.9   each
Borrower and Guarantor shall comply in full with the notice and other
requirements of the Bankruptcy Code and the applicable Bankruptcy Rules with
respect to any relevant Financing Order in a manner acceptable to Agent and its
counsel, and an Interim 

     

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        29

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    Financing
Order shall have been entered by the Bankruptcy Court (the “Interim Financing
Order”), in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, authorizing the secured
financing under the Financing Agreements as ratified and amended hereunder on
the terms and conditions set forth in this Ratification Agreement and, among
other things, modifying the automatic stay, authorizing and granting the senior
security interest in liens in favor of Agent and Lenders described in this
Ratification Agreement and in the Financing Order, and granting super-priority
expense claims to Agent and Lenders with respect to all obligations due Agent
and Lenders.  The Interim Financing Order shall authorize
post-petition financing under the terms set forth in this Ratification Agreement
in an amount acceptable to Agent and Lenders, in their sole discretion, and it
shall contain such other terms or provisions as Agent and its counsel shall
require;

    

                9.10  with
respect to further credit after expiration of the Interim Financing Order, on or
before the expiration of the Interim Financing Order, the Bankruptcy Court shall
have entered a Final Financing Order authorizing the secured financing on the
terms and conditions set forth in this Ratification Agreement, granting to Agent
and Lenders the senior security interests and liens described above and
super-priority administrative expense claims described above (except as
otherwise specifically provided in the Interim Financing Order), and modifying
the automatic stay and other provisions required by Agent and its counsel
(“Final Financing Order”).  Neither Agent nor any Lender shall provide
any Loans (or other financial accommodations) other than those authorized under
the Interim Financing Order unless, on or before the expiration of the Interim
Financing Order, the Final Financing Order shall have been entered, and there
shall be no appeal or other contest with respect to either the Interim Financing
Order or the Final Financing Order and the time to appeal to contest such order
shall have expired;

    

                9.11  other
than the voluntary commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases, no material impairment
of the priority of Agent's and Lenders' security interests in the Collateral
shall have occurred from the date of the latest field examinations of Agent and
Lenders to the Petition Date; and

    

                9.12  no
Event of Default shall have occurred or be existing under any of the Existing
Financing Agreements, as modified pursuant hereto, and assumed by Borrowers and
Guarantors.

    

    10.     MISCELLANEOUS.

    

                10.1  Amendments and
Waivers.  Neither this Ratification Agreement nor any other
instrument or document referred to herein or therein may be changed, waived,
discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by
the party against whom enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or
termination is sought.

    

                10.2  Further
Assurances.  Each Borrower and Guarantor shall, at its expense,
at any time or times duly execute and deliver, or shall use its best efforts to
cause to be duly executed and delivered, such further agreements, instruments
and documents, including, without limitation, additional security agreements,
collateral assignments, UCC or PPSA financing statements or amendments or
continuations thereof, landlord's or mortgagee's waivers of liens 

     

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        30

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    and
consents to the exercise by Agent and Lenders of all the rights and remedies
hereunder, under any of the other Financing Agreements, any Financing Order or
applicable law with respect to the Collateral, and do or use its best efforts to
cause to be done such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper in
Agent's opinion to evidence, perfect, maintain and enforce the security
interests of Agent and Lenders, and the priority thereof, in the Collateral and
to otherwise effectuate the provisions or purposes of this Ratification
Agreement, any of the other Financing Agreements or the Financing
Order.  Upon the request of Agent, at any time and from time to time,
each Borrower and Guarantor shall, at its cost and expense, do, make, execute,
deliver and record, register or file updates to the filings of Agent and Lenders
with respect to the Intellectual Property with the United States Patent and
Trademark Office, the financing statements, mortgages, deeds of trust, deeds to
secure debt, and other instruments, acts, pledges, assignments and transfers (or
use its best efforts to cause the same to be done) and will deliver to Agent and
Lenders such instruments evidencing items of Collateral as may be requested by
Agent.  Upon the request of Agent, at any time and from time to time,
Borrowers and Guarantors shall, at their cost and expense deliver to Agent any
financial information, projections, budgets, business plans, cash flows and such
other information as Agent shall reasonably request.

    

                10.3  Headings.  The
headings used herein are for convenience only and do not constitute matters to
be considered in interpreting this Ratification Agreement.

    

                10.4  Counterparts.  This
Ratification Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of
which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall together
constitute one and the same agreement.  In making proof of this
Ratification Agreement, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more
than one counterpart thereof signed by each of the parties
hereto.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Ratification
Agreement by telefacsimile shall have the same force and effect as delivery of
an original executed counterpart of this Ratification Agreement.  Any
party delivering an executed counterpart of this Ratification Agreement by
telefacsimile also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this
Ratification Agreement, but the failure to deliver an original executed
counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of
this Ratification Agreement as to such party or any other party.

    

                10.5  Additional Events of
Default.  The parties hereto acknowledge, confirm and agree
that the failure of any Borrower or Guarantor to comply with any of the
covenants, conditions and agreements contained herein or in any other agreement,
document or instrument at any time executed by such Borrower or Guarantor in
connection herewith shall constitute an Event of Default under the Financing
Agreements.

    

                10.6  Costs and
Expenses.  In addition to and not in limitation of the
provisions of Section 9.21 of the Loan Agreement, Borrowers shall pay to Agent
on demand all costs and expenses that Agent and Lenders shall pay or incur in
connection with the negotiation, preparation, consummation, administration,
enforcement, and termination of this Ratification Agreement, the other Financing
Agreements or the Financing Order, including, without limitation: (a) reasonable
attorneys' and paralegals' fees and disbursements of counsel to, and reasonable
fees and expenses of consultants, accountants and other professionals retained
by, Agent and Lenders; (b) costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys'
and paralegals' fees 

     

     

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        31

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    and
disbursements) for any amendment, supplement, waiver, consent, or subsequent
closing in connection with this Ratification Agreement, the other Financing
Agreements, the Financing Order, and the transactions contemplated hereby and
thereby; (c) taxes, fees and other charges for recording any agreements or
documents with any Governmental Authority, and the filing of UCC or PPSA
financing statements and continuations, and other actions to perfect, protect,
and continue the security interests and liens of Agent in the Collateral; (d)
sums paid or incurred to pay any amount or take any action required of Borrowers
and Guarantors under the Financing Agreements or the Financing Order that
Borrowers and Guarantors fail to pay or take; (e) costs of appraisals,
inspections and verifications of the Collateral and including travel, lodging,
and meals for inspections of the Collateral and the Debtors’ operations by Agent
or its agents and to attend court hearings or otherwise in connection with the
Chapter 11 Cases; (f) costs and expenses of preserving and protecting the
Collateral; (g) all out-of-pocket expenses and costs heretofore and from time to
time hereafter incurred by Agent during the course of periodic field
examinations of the Collateral and Debtors' operations, plus a per diem charge
at the rate of $1,000 per person per day for Agent’s examiners in the field and
office; provided, that, so long as no
Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing,
Debtors shall not be required to pay such per diem charge for more than four (4)
such field examinations in any twelve (12) month period (and any field
examinations conducted at such time as a Default or Event of Default shall exist
or have occurred and be continuing shall not be deemed to constitute a field
examination for purposes of such limitation); and (h) costs and expenses
(including attorneys' and paralegals' fees and disbursements) paid or incurred
to obtain payment of the Obligations, enforce the security interests and liens
of Agent and Lenders, sell or otherwise realize upon the Collateral, and
otherwise enforce the provisions of this Ratification Agreement, the other
Financing Agreements or the Financing Order, or to defend any claims made or
threatened against Agent or any Lender arising out of the transactions
contemplated hereby (including, without limitation, preparations for and
consultations concerning any such matters).  The foregoing shall not
be construed to limit any other provisions of the Financing Agreements regarding
costs and expenses to be paid by Borrowers.  All sums provided for in
this Section shall be part of the Obligations, shall be payable on demand, and
shall accrue interest after demand for payment thereof at the highest rate of
interest then payable under the Financing Agreements.  Agent is hereby
irrevocably authorized to charge any amounts payable hereunder directly to any
account maintained by Agent with respect to any Borrower or
Guarantor.

    

                10.7  Effectiveness.  This
Ratification Agreement shall become effective upon the execution hereof by Agent
and Lenders and the entry of the Interim Financing Order.

    

                10.8  Governing
Law.  The validity, interpretation and enforcement of this
Agreement and any dispute arising out of the relationship between the parties
hereto, whether in contract, tort, equity or otherwise, shall be governed by the
internal laws of the State of Illinois but excluding any principles of conflicts
of law or other rule of law that would cause the application of the law of any
jurisdiction other than the laws of the State of Illinois unless otherwise
expressly provided in a Financing Agreement, except to the extent that the
provisions of the Bankruptcy Code are applicable and specifically conflict with
the foregoing.

    

    [REMAINDER
OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

    
      
         

      

      
        32

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Ratification Agreement to
be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

     

     

    
      

      
        
          
            
              
                
                  	 
      	
                          AGENT AND
      LENDERS

                        
	 
      	 
      
	 
      	
                          WACHOVIA
      CAPITAL FINANCE 

                          CORPORATION
      (CENTRAL), as Agent 

                          and
      as Lender

                        
	 
      	 
      
	 
      	
                          By:

                        	 /s/ Anthony
      Vizgirda
	 
      	
                          Name:    
      Anthony Vizgirda

                        
	 
      	
                          Title:       
      Director

                        
	 
      	 
      
	 
      	
                          BANK
      OF AMERICA, N.A.,

                          as
      a Lender

                        
	 
      	 
      
	 
      	
                          By:

                        	 /s/
      illegible
	 
      	
                          Name:    
      illegible

                        
	 
      	
                          Title:       
      Sennior Vice President

                        
	 
      	 
      
	 
      	
                          JPMORGAN
      BUSINESS CREDIT CORP., as a Lender

                        
	 
      	 
      
	 
      	
                          By:

                        	 /s/ Christopher D.
      Zawie
	 
      	
                          Name:    
      Christopher D. Zawie

                        
	 
      	
                          Title:       
      Senior Vice President

                        
	 
      	 
      
	 
      	
                          WELLS
      FARGO FOOTHILL, LLC,

                          as
      a Lender

                        
	 
      	 
      
	 
      	
                          By:

                        	 /s/ Yelena
      Kravchuk
	 
      	
                          Name:    
      Yelena Kravchuk

                        
	 
      	
                          Title:        
      Vice President

                        
	 
      	 
      
	 
      	
                          WEBSTER
      BUSINESS CREDIT,

                          as
      a Lender

                        
	 
      	 
      
	 
      	
                          By:

                        	 /s/ Julian
      Vigder
	 
      	
                          Name:    
      Julian Vigder

                        
	 
      	
                          Title:       
      AVP

                        

                

              

            

          

        

      

      

      

      

       [SIGNATURES
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE]

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

      [SIGNATURES
CONTINUED FROM PRIOR PAGE]

      

      
        
          
            
              
                	 
      	 
      
	 
      	
                        THE
      CIT GROUP/COMMERCIAL SERVICES, INC., as a Lender

                      
	 
      	 
      
	 
      	
                        By:

                      	 /s/ Samuel
      Addison
	 
      	
                        Name:    
      Samuel Addison

                      
	 
      	
                        Title:       
      Assistant Vice President

                      
	 
      	 
      
	 
      	
                        UPS
      CAPITAL CORPORATION, as a Lender

                      
	 
      	 
      
	 
      	
                        By:

                      	 /s/ Mike
      O'Neal
	 
      	
                        Name:    
      Mike O'Neal

                      
	 
      	
                        Title:       
      Senior Credit Officer

                      
	 
      	 
      
	 
      	
                        RZB
      FINANCE LLC, as a Lender

                      
	 
      	 
      
	 
      	
                        By:

                      	 /s/ Christoph
      Hoedl
	 
      	
                        Name:    
      Christoph Hoedl

                      
	 
      	
                        Title:       
      Group Vice President

                      
	 
      	 
      
	 
      	
                        By:

                      	 /s/ John A.
      Valiska
	 
      	
                        Name:    
      John A. Valiska

                      
	 
      	
                        Title:       
      First Vice
President

                      

              

            

          

        

      

    

     

     

    [SIGNATURES
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE]

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    [SIGNATURES
CONTINUED FROM PRIOR PAGE]

    

     

    
      
        
          
            
              	 
      	 
      	 
      
	 
      	
                      BORROWERS

                    
	 
      	 
      	 
      
	 
      	
                      HARTMARX
      CORPORATION, as Debtor 

                      and
      Debtor-in-Possession

                    
	 
      	 
      	 
      
	 
      	
                      By:

                    	
                      /s/
      Glenn R. Morgan

                    
	 
      	
                      Name:

                    	
                      Glenn
      R. Morgan

                    
	 
      	
                      Title:

                    	
                      Executive
      Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

                    
	 
      	 
      	 
      
	 
      	
                      COPPLEY
      APPAREL GROUP LIMITED

                    
	 
      	 
      	 
      
	 
      	
                      By:

                    	
                      /s/
      Glenn R. Morgan

                    
	 
      	
                      Name:

                    	
                      Glenn
      R. Morgan

                    
	 
      	
                      Title:

                    	
                      Vice
      President

                    
	 
      	 
      	 
      
	 
      	 
      	 
      
	 
      	
                      GUARANTORS

                    
	 
      	 
      	 
      
	 
      	
                      EACH
      OF THE COMPANIES LISTED ON 

                      EXHIBIT
      A HERETO, each as Debtor and Debtor-in-Possession

                    
	 
      	 
      	 
      
	 
      	 
      	 
      
	 
      	
                      By:

                    	
                      /s/
      Glenn R. Morgan

                    
	 
      	
                      Name:

                    	
                      Glenn
      R. Morgan

                    
	 
      	
                      Title:

                    	
                      Vice
      President of each such
company

                    

            

          

        

      

    

     

    
 

    

    

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    EXHIBIT
A

    TO

    RATIFICATION
AND AMENDMENT AGREEMENT

    

    Guarantors

     

    

      
        	
                Anniston
      Sportswear Corporation

              	 
      	
                Robert’s
      International Corporation

              
	
                Consolidated
      Apparel Group, Inc.

              	 
      	
                SALHOLD,
      Inc.

              
	
                Direct
      Route Marketing Corporation

              	 
      	
                Seaford
      Clothing Co.

              
	
                Hart
      Schaffner & Marx

              	 
      	
                Society
      Brand, Ltd.

              
	
                Hickey-Freeman
      Co., Inc.

              	 
      	
                Sweater.com
      Apparel, Inc.

              
	
                HMX
      Sportswear, Inc.

              	 
      	
                TAG
      Licensing, Inc.

              
	
                International
      Women’s Apparel, Inc.

              	 
      	
                Tailored
      Trend, Inc.

              
	
                Jaymar-Ruby,
      Inc.

              	 
      	
                Thorngate
      Uniforms, Inc.

              
	
                HMX
      Luxury, Inc.

              	 
      	
                Trade
      Finance International Limited

              
	
                Monarchy
      Group, Inc., formerly known as M Acquisition Corp.

              	 
      	
                Winchester
      Clothing Company

              
	
                M.
      Wile & Company, Inc.

              	 
      	
                Yorke
      Shirt Corporation

              
	
                National
      Clothing Company, Inc.

              	 
      	
                Zooey
      Apparel, Inc

              
	
                Simply Blue Apparel, Inc.,
      formerly known as SB Acquisition Corp.

              	 
      	 
      
	
                Universal
      Design Group, Ltd.

              	 
      	 
      
	
                Briar,
      Inc.

              	 
      	 
      
	
                Chicago
      Trouser Company, Ltd.

              	 
      	 
      
	
                C.
      M. Clothing, Inc.

              	 
      	 
      
	
                C.
      M. Outlet Corp.

              	 
      	 
      
	
                Country
      Miss, Inc.

              	 
      	 
      
	
                Country
      Suburbans, Inc.

              	 
      	 
      
	
                E-Town
      Sportswear Corporation

              	 
      	 
      
	
                Fairwood-Wells,
      Inc.

              	 
      	 
      
	
                Gleneagles,
      Inc.

              	 
      	 
      
	
                Handmacher
      Fashions Factory Outlet, Inc.

              	 
      	 
      
	
                Handmacher-Vogel,
      Inc.

              	 
      	 
      
	
                Hartmarx
      International, Inc.

              	 
      	 
      
	
                Hart
      Services, Inc.

              	 
      	 
      
	
                Thos.
      Heath Clothes, Inc.

              	 
      	 
      
	
                Higgins,
      Frank & Hill, Inc.

              	 
      	 
      
	
                Hoosier
      Factories, Incorporated

              	 
      	 
      
	
                HSM
      University, Inc.

              	 
      	 
      
	
                Intercontinental
      Apparel, Inc.

              	 
      	 
      
	
                JRSS,
      Inc.

              	 
      	 
      
	
                Kuppenheimer
      Men’s Clothiers Dadeville, Inc.

              	 
      	 
      
	
                NYC
      Sweaters, Inc.

              	 
      	 
      
	
                106
      Real Estate Corp.

              	 
      	 
      
	
                Robert
      Surrey, Inc.

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00152-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00152-of-00352.parquet"}]]